Documente Academic
Documente Profesional
Documente Cultură
The right of Glenn Flear to be identified as the author of this work has been as
serted in accordance with the Copyrights, Designs and Patents Act 1988.
Distributed in North America by The Globe Pequot Press, P.O Box 4SO,
246 Goose Lane, Guilford, CT 06437-0480.
Everyman is the registered trade mark of Random House Inc. and is used in this
work under licence from Random House Inc.
Bibliography 4
Introduction 5
Books
Encyclopaedia of Chess Openings Volume D, 4th Edition [Sahovski Informator
2004]
Nunn's Chess Openings, Nunn, Burgess, Emms & Gallagher [Gam
bit/Everyman 1999]
The Complete Semi-Slav, Peter Wells [Batsford 1994]
Semi-Slav: Non-Meran Variations, John Donaldson & Jeremy Silman [Summit
1988]
Play the Noteboom, Mark Van der Werf & Teun Van der Vorm [Cadogan 1996]
Slawisch, Egon Varnusz [Schachverlag 1991]
Winning with the Slav, Yuri Markov & Boris Schipkov [Batsford 1994]
The ... a6 Slav, Glenn Flear [Everyman 2003]
Periodicals
New in Chess Yearbooh 1 - 73
Informator 1-90
Software
ChessBase 9
' .
Deep Fritz 8
Introduction
This book lays the groundwo rk for those interested in trying out the Slav or
Semi-Slav in some form or other. So those positions arising after 1 d4 d5 2 c4
c6 are examined with the inexperienced in mind. By inexperienced I mean ei
ther those fairly new to chess who are looking for an opening against 1 d4, or
for stronger players tempted to try out the Slav (or Semi-Slav).
At first, more modest players should not try t o learn too much theory until
they have understood the basic ideas. Indeed, even stronger players who are
thinking of switching openings should give a priority to first sorting out their
aims for development and early middlegame plans.
Throughout the following pages the games are mainly illustrative and give
only a brief look at theory. The chapters discuss all the principal systems and
their strategies, but cannot go too deeply into specific variations. Think of the
book as the first step in the exciting world of Slav/Semi-Slav adventures. If
you become an aficionado then more advanced material will be necessary down
the line.
What are the Slav and Semi-Slav?
The Slav Defence and the Semi-Slav Defence are often considered to be two
distinct openings. They have their own unique personalities but have much in
common, almost like two brothers.
In both cases we are really looking at developments from Diagrams 1 and 2:
By playing 2 . . c6 (rather than 2 . e6) Black retains the option of developing his
. . .
5
Starti ng O u t: Slav a n d Sem i-S lav
Diagram 1 Diagram 2
Defending the d-pawn Developing the c8-bishop
In the Semi-Slav Black plays an early . . . e7-e6 before bringing out the light
squared bishop. He has other priorities. The problem piece (as Black's queen's
bishop is often called in queen's pawn openings) will be dealt with later, possi
bly coming to b7 after the b-pawn has moved out of the way.
Diagram 3 Diagram 4
The bishop stays at home Black has three main moves
6
I ntroduction
Although there are earlier references these openings started to be played with
some frequency in the 1 920's and 30's, in order to obtain a more dynamic game
than the main d-pawn opening of the epoch, the Queen's Gambit Declined.
Their popularity has grown ever since and the recent exponential growth in
the Slav with ... a7-a6 suggests that these openings will continue to fascinate
the chess world.
There are other defences to choose from after 1 d4, but many top players keep
the Slav/Semi-Slav complex firmly in their repertoires. Why is this?
Why play the Slav and Semi-Slav?
The fact that l . ..d5 and 2 . . . c6 together build a solid foundation, appeals to
many a classically-minded player who prefers to have a sturdy foothold in the
central arena from the word go. The thinking goes that as Black, if you have a
fair share of the centre, not only will you be able to develop, but you can look
forward to the middlegame with confidence.
It's not just solidity that Black is seeking, as the threat of playing . . . d5xc4
(sometimes grabbing a pawn) or modifying the central pawn structure in other
ways keeps White on his toes.
Experienced players know that the Slav and Semi-Slav give the potential to
seek active piece-play without making early concessions.
The Structure of the book
The first five chapters deal with the pure Slav and Chapters 8- 12 with the
main body of the Semi-Slav.
The other three chapters, 6, 7 and 13 focus on newer or offbeat ideas. The idea
of playing an early ... a7-a6 in both the Slav or Semi-Slav is fashionable, and
this gets coverage in Chapter 6 and is also touched on in Chapters 5, 7 and 1 1 .
It's a good idea to read through all o f the book to see which variations suit
your own style. If you opt to play the Slav then be aware of certain move
orders which White players employ to steer the game into a Semi-Slav, see
Chapter 13.
Each section includes illustrative games to show how play may proceed. The
theory is admittedly skimpy to say the least, but I have aimed to recommend
which lines are in my opinion the most promising, so that you have an idea
where to concentrate further research.
Each section also tries to give an idea of the main plans for both sides, plus a
rough idea of whether the lines are theoretical or not. The word theoretical
really refers to book knowledge, so a very theoretical line will require the
player to do more memory work, etc.
Statistics and Summaries help indicate how well the lines are performing in
practice and, finally, in Chapter 14 there are a few exercises. 'They are there to
test what you have managed to pick up in the first thirteen!
7
Starting Out: Slav and Semi-Slav
Glenn Flear
Baillargues, France
June 2005
8
Chapter One
T h e M a i n L i n e S l av : 5 a4 Bf5
m Introduction
Introduction
In the Slav Black aims to develop his queen's bishop early and in most lines he
will do so as soon as possible. However, there are limits since if he were to play
the immediate 4 . . . Bf5?! , then 5 cxd5 cxd5 6 Qb3 would put pressure on the
light squares, such as b7 and d5. Instead, after 4 . . . Bf5?! 5 cxd5 the alternative
recapture 5 . . . Nxd5 leads to other problems, as 6 Nd2!? followed by e2-e4 gives
White a fine centre. So if Black really would like to develop his bishop, he has
to find better circumstances.
The standard method is to do so in an indirect way. First of all he captures the
c4-pawn that is en prise for the time being. If White takes the necessary steps
to recapture this pawn, then Black obtains enough time to get his bishop out
and about. The position in Diagram 1 is the subject of Chapter 1 and, statisti
cally speaking, the most significant chapter in this book.
White has two principal ways of reacting:
1. 6 e3 with Bxc4 to follow, which is sometimes called the Dutch Variation;
2. 6 Ne5 with two ideas in mind Nxc4 and f2-f3 followed by e2-e4, known as
the Central Variation.
1 d4 d5 2 c4 c6 3 Nf3 Nf6 4 Nc3 dxc4
Black captures the gambit pawn at a moment when the threat to support it
with . . . b 7-b5 forces White to make a decision.
5 a4
White essentially prevents . . .b7-b5 thus allowing him to pick off the c-pawn in
the near future. Drawbacks are the weakened b4-square and loss of time.
5 ... Bf5 (Diagram 1)
Diagram 1
The main line Slav
10
The Main Line Slav: 5 a4 Bf5
While White is getting ready to restore material equality Black takes the op
portunity to develop his queen's bishop. By choosing the f5-square White's de
sirable e2-e4 advance is hindered for the time being.
White signals his intention to advance in the centre in order to gain space and
give his dark-squared bishop more influence.
9 Nbd7
...
9 ... Bg4 restrains the e-pawn ·advance for one more move, but after 10 Rd 1 (not
11
Starting O u t : Slav and Semi-S lav
10 e4? Bxf3 1 1 Qxf3 Qxd4 etc.) 10 . . . Nbd7 1 1 e4 Qe7 12 h3 Bxf3 13 Qxf3 White
keeps a pull, L.Polugaevsky-G.Agzamov, USSR Championship 1983.
Diagram 2 Diagram 3
W h ite plans e3-e4 White occupies the centre
10 e4 Bg6
10 . . . Bxc3? is bad after 1 1 exf5.
1 1 Bd3 (Diagram 3)
White supports his e-pawn and prepares to complete his development, hoping
to keep his fine-looking centre intact. The most popular move now is . . .
1 1...Bh5
. . .when Black retains the light-squared bishops for now in order to keep up the
pressure on White's centre. Black is hoping to provoke White forward.
Strateg ies
At some point White will have to decide how and when to advance in the cen
tre. In the main line White follows up his e3-e4 advance with e4-e5 obtaining a
wedge which lends itself to pressing on the kingside. Black's plan depends on
how White resolves the central tension, but he'll need to keep White occupied
in the centre before the first player gets an attack.
Theoretical?
Even though it's been played umpteen times, most of the variations can be
handled with general principles. A few of the sharper lines will require delving
a little deeper into theory, especially the gambit line in Game 3.
Statistics
With 9188 games this is the most popular chapter in the book, and so referring
12
The M a i n Line Slav: 5 a4 Bf5
to it as 'The Main Line Slav' seems appropriate. Top players such as Anand,
Bareev, Shirov, Kramnik, Morozevich and, in his time, Smyslov tend to score
about 50%. However, overall Black only manages a disappointing 42%.
Of White's options, 6 e3 (5406 games) scores an average 56%.
Game 1
D C.Gabriel • V.Akopian
Germany vs. Armenia match, Baden Baden 1996
1 d4 d5 2 c4 c6 3 Nf3 Nf6 4 Nc3 dxc4 5 a4 Bf5 6 e3 e6 7 Bxc4 Bb4 8 0-0
Nbd7 9 Qe2 Bg6 10 e4 0-0
Transposing back to the main line. The most common move order is 8 . . . 0-0 9
Qe2 Nbd7 10 e4 Bg6.
11 Bd3 Bh5 12 e5 Nd5 13 Ne4 (Diagram 4)
Diagram 4 Diagram 5
e4 vs. d5 outposts Hitt ing back in the centre
White uses the e4-square for his knight but allows Black in return to keep con
trol of d5.
The alternative plan 13 Nxd5 cxd5 14 Qe3 leads to a 'French Defence style'
centre. Blac k's light-squared bishop being outside the pawn chain which is a
plus for him, but even so Black will need to react to White's space advantage
at some point, probably with a timely . . .f7-f5. He can implement this almost
immediately or redeploy his pieces first, e.g. 14 . . . h6 15 Ne1 f5 16 exf6 Qxf6,
B.Gelfand-J.Lautier, Horgen 1994, or 14 . .. Be7 15 Bd2 NbS 16 Ne 1 Bg6 17 f4
Nc6 18 g4 f5, A.Beliavsky-Z.Ribli, Slovenia 2001, and in both cases Black can
look forward to the middlegame with confidence. Another example of this
pawn structure can be seen in Game 2.
13 ... Be7 14 Ng3 Bg6 1 5 Bxg6 hxg6
The alternative 15 .. .fxg6 would enable Black to have influence on the f-file and
13
Start i n g Out: Slav a n d Semi-Slav
keep his king snug behind the pawn mass. However, the e6-pawn would then
be weak and the doubled g-pawns will be devalued in the endgame.
16 Ne4
With the threat of planting a knight on g5 followed by bringing the queen to
the h-file. So it's imperative that Black opens the centre to create counterplay.
16 ... c5! (Diagram 5) 17 Rdl
1 7 Nc3 is probably better, to eliminate the d5-knight, e.g. 1 7 ... Qb6 18 Nxd5
exd5 19 dxc5 Nxc5 20 Be3 Qe6, Xu Jun-V.Akopian, Moscow Olympiad 1994
with chances for both sides. Black has achieved a fair share of the centre. In
stead Hubner points out that White can't simply play for mate with 1 7 Nfg5?,
because of 17 . . .cxd4 18 Qg4 Nxe5 1 9 Qh4 Bxg5 20 Nxg5 Nf6 and White's bra
vado has just cost him two pawns.
17 ... cxd4 18 Rxd4 Rc8
White's attacking ideas are no longer realistic and he will have to pay for his
weaknesses at e5, b3 and b4.
19 Be3 Qc7 20 Rcl Qb8
The e-pawn cannot be defended.
2 1 Nc3 Nxc3 22 bxc3 Nxe5 23 Bf4 Nxf3+ 24 Qxf3 Qa8
Black has a clear extra pawn and only needs to play . . . Rfd8 and . . .b7-b6 to tidy
up, so White must try and force the issue.
25 Rd7 Bf6 26 Qxb7 Qxb7 27 Rxb7 Rc4!
The long forcing line has left Black on top.
28 Bd6
Instead 28 Be3 a5 29 Ra7 Rxa4 30 c4 might be a better chance.
28 ... Rd8 29 Bb4 Bxc3!
Exploiting the back rank.
30 Bxc3 Rxc3 31 Rcbl a5 32 Ra7 Rcd3 33 g3 Rdl+ 34 Rxd1 Rxdl+ 35
Kg2 Rd5 36 Ra8+ Kh7 3 7 h4 g5
Black exchanges his front g-pawn t o improve his structure and free his king.
38 hxg5 Rxg5 39 Kf3 Rf5+ 40 Ke3 g5 41 Ra7?
Giving too much ground on the kingside. 41 f3 was better.
41...g4 42 Rc7 Kg6 43 Rc4 Kg5 44 Rc7 Kg6 45 Ke2 Re5+ 46 Kd3 f6 47 Ra7
f5 48 Kd2 Rc5 49 Ke3 Kf6 50 Kd3 Ke5 5 1 Ra6 Kd5 52 Ra8 Kd6 53 Ra6+
Ke5 54 Rb6 Kf6 55 Ra6 Rd5+ 56 Ke3 Re5+ 57 Kd3 Ke7 58 Ra7+ Kd6 59
Ra6+ Kd7
Bringing the king over to harass the opposing rook.
60 Kd4 Re4+ 61 Kc5 Rxa4 62 Ra7+ Ke8 63 Kd6 Re4 64 Rxa5 Kf7
Although all the pawns are on one small front, White's king is cut off and can
not help out as Black converts his extra pawn.
14
The M a i n Line Slav: 5 a4 Bf5
65 Ra2 Kf6 66 Rd2 f4 67 gxf4 Kf5 68 Ke7 Rxf4 69 Kd6 e5 70 Re2 Rd4+ 71
Ke7 e4 72 Ra2 e3 0-1
Game 2
D R.Hubner • D.Mastrovasilis
Germany vs. Greece match, Corfu 1999
Diagram 6 Diagram 7
... Bg6 defends the kingside Attacking Black's king
15 Rfc1
The continuation of L.Gofshtein-M.Sadler, Ischia 1 996, was instructive: 1 5
Qe3 Rfc8 1 6 a 5 Bg6 1 7 Ra4 Bxd3 1 8 Qxd3 Rc4 1 9 h4? (White should play
something like 19 Bg5 Qf8 20 Bd2 Bxd2 21 Rxc4 dxc4 22 Qxd2 to hold the bal-
15
Starting Out: Slav and Semi-Slav
ance) 19 . . :h6 20 h5 Nc5 ! (a surprise!) 2 1 dxc5 Rxf4 and Black had the advan
tage.
15 ...Nb8
The sensible 15 ... Rfc8! is playable, when (if need be) Black can play . . .Nf8 to.
defend.
16
The Main Line Slav: 5 a4 Bf5
Diagram 8 Diagram 9
White has good compensation White has the safer king
a1) 13 ... Nxc3?! 14 Qe3 Nd5 15 Bxd5 cxd5 16 Rfc 1 is very unpleasant for
Black's stranded king.
a2) 13 . . . Ndf6!? isn't that clear, e.g. 14 Nxe4 Nxe4 15 Rfe 1 0-0-0 16 Qb2 Rhe8
17 f3 Nd6 1 8 Bf1 Kb8, when Black has enough time to get organised, though
the latent pressure persists. G.Kasparov-E.Bareev, Tilburg 1991, then contin
ued 19 a5 Nc8 20 Bc5 f6, whereupon Kasparov proposes 21 Qb4 e5 22 dxe5
fxe5 23 Bf2 as offering White more than enough compensation.
a3) 13 ... Nxd2 14 Qxd2 c5 15 dxc5 0-0-0 16 Qe3 Ne5 17 Be2 Bd3,
E.Magerramov-S .Ionov, Cheliabinsk 1991, is generally considered to be un
clear.
b) 13 Rfe1 Nxc3 14 Qe3 Ne4 15 Ne5 Nxe5 16 dxe5 Qb6 17 Qf4 0-0-0! is Ftac
nik's suggested improvement. Instead 1 7 . . . Qd4? 18 Qh4! led to a win for White
in C.Lutz-E.Bareev, Munich 1 994.
13 ... 0-0-0 14 a5 Nd6
After 14 . . .Rhe8, White has tried several ideas but the most dangerous is 15 a6
b6 16 Nh4 Nd6 17 Bb3 e5 18 Nxg6 hxg6 19 Qg4, when White had a strong ini
tiative in Y.Razuvaev-G.Schwartzman, Dortmund 1993.
Another option is 14 . . . Kb8, when there could follow 15 Be7!? Rde8 16 Bh4,
aiming for chances on the b8-h2 diagonal, but then 16 . . . f5! (Y.Razuvaev
V.Tukmakov, Rostov 1993) with .. . e6-e5 to follow, hits back in the centre with
satisfactory play for Black.
15 Bb3 Bh5 16 h3 Rhe8 1 7 a6
Again this move, leaving a thorn in Black's side for the duration.
17 ...b6 18 c4 c5
Mter 18 . . . e5, Black would have to be ready to face 19 c5!.
17
Starti ng Out: Slav and Semi-S lav
18
The M a i n Line Slav: 5 a4 Bf5
Diagram 10 Diagram 11
White wants the bishop A tense middlegame
White decides to harass the light-squared bishop before committing his centre.
9 ...Nb d 7
Nonchalantly leaving the bishop where it is! Instead 9 . . . Bg4 10 f3 Bh5
(10 . . . Nd5 leaves White with some chances for an advantage after 11 fxg4 Qxh4
12 Qf3 Nd7 1 3 Bd2 a5 14 Rad1, V.Tukmakov-V.Kupreichik, USSR Champion
ship 1981) 1 1 g4 (risky-looking but Black doesn't seem to be able to exploit this
apparently loosening move at the moment) 1 l . . .Bg6 12 e4 Nbd7 13 g5 Ne8 14
Nxg6 hxg6 1 5 Be3, L.Polugaevsky-E.Torre, Biel 1989, and White's space ad
vantage supported by the bishop pair gives him the better prospects.
10 Nx£5
White takes the opportunity to capture the bishop when Black has to recap
ture away from the centre.
Keeping the tension is sometimes tried:
a) 10 f3 Bg6 1 1 Nxg6 hxg6 12 e4 e5 13 Be3 Qb6 14 Kh1 Rad8 with adequate
counter-pressure on the white centre, I.Sokolov-C.Horvath, Stary Smokovec
199 1 .
19
Start i n g Out: S lav and Semi-Slav
b) 10 h3 Rc8 11 Qe2 Nb6 12 Bb3 Nbd5 1 3 Bd2 Qe7 14 Rfc 1 Rfd8 when Black
achieves full development, G.Kasparov-V.Kramnik, Paris (rapid) 1994, and
after 15 Qf3 Ne4! the forced simplification leads to equality.
10 ...exf5 1 1 Qc2 g6
Black tries to maintain a grip on the light squares with his pawns. Note that
despite having doubled f-pawns, the front one makes any e3-e4 advance less
appetising.
12 f3 Rc8 1 3 Qf2 c5 (Diagram 1 1)
I.Sokolov-D .De Vreugt, Amsterdam 2001. A tense middlegame is in prospect.
Strategies
At all times the move Nf3-h4 has the same attitude in mind: hit the bishop
and punish him for daring to poke his nose out so early! In any case Black can
leave the bishop in place and isn't too concerned about ceding the bishop pair.
By completing development and using his pawn on f5 and knight on f6 to keep
an eye on the e4-square, he keeps White's desired expansion in check.
Apart from . . . c6-c5 Black also conducts a provocative/restraining approach al
most daring White to open up the game for his bishops. Open positions may
favour bishops in general, but White can't expand in the centre without careful
reflection as Black's pieces are well placed to pounce on weaknesses.
Theoretical?
General principles are still the most important despite the popularity of the
Nh4 idea.
Statistics
The position after ten moves for both sides scores· a respectable 4 7% for Black.
Against 6 Nh4 (against which Black has achieved only 36%) Black should aim
for transposition with 6 . . . e6 (see note to White's sixth) followed by . . . Bb4, as
experimental play has cost him dear in the past.
Game 4
0 J.Lautier • E.Bareev
Enghien-les-Bains 2003
1 d4 d5 2 c4 c6 3 Nf3 Nf6 4 Nc3 dxc4 5 a4 Bf5 6 e3 e6 7 Bxc4 Bb4 8 0-0 0-
0 9 Nh4 Nbd7 10 Nxf5 exf5 1 1 Qc2 Nb6
Black avoids . . . g7-g6 which is discussed in the intrbductory text.
1 2 Bb3 Qd7 13 a5 Nbd5 14 f3 (Diagram 1 2)
,
White prepares for e3-e4, Black gets ready to react.
14 ... Rfe8 15 Nxd5 Nxd5
Black must not fall for 15 . . . cxd5? 16 Ba4.
20
The Main Line Slav: 5 a4 Bf5
16 e4 Nf61
Diagra m 12 Diagram 13
Preparing to play e3-e4 Where should the aS-rook go?
Instead the tame 16 ... Nc7 allows White to consolidate his centre, e.g. 17 Be3
a6 18 Bf2 Rad8 19 Khl Nb5 20 Qc4 left White on top in L. Ortega-D.Vismara,
Saint Vincent 2002.
17 Qc4 Bf8 18 Bg5
Mter 18 exf5 Rad8 19 Kh1 Re7 20 Qc2 a draw was agreed in V.Kramnik
V.Anand, Linares 2000- a sign that Black is OK after he captures on d4.
18 ... fxe4 19 fxe4 Rxe4 20 Bxf6 gxf6
U _
endgames, but in midd legames can boost a player's attacki ng
potential.
21
Starti ng Out: Slav a n d Semi-Slav
53 ... Kg7 54 Kg2 h5 55 Kf3 Kf6 56 Kf4 Be5+ 57 Kf3 a5 58 Bc2 Bd6 59 Bb3
Bc5 60 Kf4 Bf2 6 1 Bc2 Bel 62 Kf3 . ·
Instead, after both 62 g4 fxg4 63 hxg4 h4, and 62 Bxf5 a4 63 Bb 1 a3, the
passed pawns are too strong.
62 ... Ke5 63 h4 Kd4 64 Kf4 Bxg3+! 0-1
A nice finale. The bishop is sacrificed to allow the black king to invade deci
sively, e.g. 65 Kxg3 Ke3 66 Bxf5 a4 67 Bb1 a3.
22
The Main Line Slav: 5 a4 Bf5
Black prepares to bring out his king's bishop and isn't unduly concerned by the
knight on e5. White will take the opportunity to try and build a strong centre.
The important alternative 6 . . . Nbd 7 is considered in the next section (see
Games 7-9).
7 f3 (Diagram 14)
Diagram 14 Diagram 1 5
W h ite enforces e2-e4 Three pawns for a piece
7 Bb4
...
23
Starting Out: Slav a n d Semi-Slav
8 ... Bxe4
Inferior is 8 . . . Bg6?! as 9 Bxc4 Nbd7 10 h4 Qa5 1 1 Qb3 0-0-0 12 Bf4 leaves
Black with serious difficulties, M.Petursson-E.Meduna, Gausdal 1988.
9 fxe4 Nxe4 10 Bd2
10 Qf3 leads to a forced draw after 10 . ..Qxd4 1 1 Qxf7+ Kd8 12 Bg5+ Nxg5 1 3
Qxg7 Bxc3+ 14 bxc3 Qxc3+ 1 5 Ke2 Qc2+ 1 6 Ke 1 Qc3+, A.Beliavsky
M.Steinberg, Sukhumi 1971.
10 ... Qxd4 1 1 Nxe4 Qxe4+ 12 Qe2 Bxd2+ 1 3 Kxd2 Qd5+ 14 Kc2 Na6 15
Nxc4 (Diagram 15)
Black has three solid pawns for the piece. Many games have started this way
and experience suggests that Black has just about enough solidity to fend off
the extra piece.
Strategy
The story so far: White builds the centre and Black has to avoid giving too
much ground, so he sacrifices a piece for three pawns.
After the early tactical flurry things settle down to a period where White
probes away at the pawn front with his extra piece, whilst Black hopes to keep
formation and eventually advance further up the board.
Theoretical?
The diagram above has been the 'starting point' for numerous games and the
theory goes quite deep into the.game.
Statistics
Black hasn't done that well with the piece sacrifice line, only managing 37%.
Nevertheless 6 ... e6 has remained more popular than 6 ... Nbd7 (1596 games
compared to 1079).
Game 5
0 G.Vescovi • B.Gelfand
Bermuda 2004
1 d4 d5 2 c4 c6 3 Nf3 Nf6 4 Nc3 dxc4 5 a4 Bf5 6 Ne5 e6 7 f3 Bb4 8 e4
Bxe4 9 fxe4 Nxe4 10 Bd2 Qxd4 1 1 Nxe4 Qxe4+ 12 Qe2 Bxd2+ 1 3 Kxd2
Qd5+ 14 Kc2 Na6 15 Nxc4 0-0 16 Qe5 (Diagram 16)
16 ... Rab8 ' .
24
The Main Line Slav: 5 a4 Bf5
Rhfl Qc5 22 Qxe6+ Kh8 23 Rf5 Qb4 24 Qd6 c5 25 Qd2 is perhaps best play
leading to a small edge for White.
Often these three pawns for a piece positions are difficult to judge, but here
none of Black's remaining pawns are passed and White's pieces can easily
keep out of trouble after the exchange of queens.
Diagram 1 6 Diagram 17
Three pawnsfor a piece Dynamic equilibrium
17 a5
If 17 Be2, then 17 . . Nb4+ 18 Kb3 b5 gives counterplay for Black, V.Babula
.
25
Start i n g Out: Slav a n d Sem i·Siav
26
The Main Line Slav: 5 a4 Bf5
Bxe4 9 fxe4 Nxe4 10 Bd2 Qxd4 1 1 Nxe4 Qxe4+ 12 Qe2 Bxd2+ 13 Kxd2
Qd5+ 14 Kc2 Na6 15 Nxc4 0-0-0 16 Qe3 (Diagram 18)
Diagram 18 Diagram 19
A complex middl�game The knight has no targets
The continuation 16 Qe5 f6 17 Qxd5 cxd5 18 Na3 Nb4+ 19 Kd2 Kd7 yields a
similar pawn structure to the previous game, while 17 Qe3 is analogous to the
main game except that Black has the f-pawn on f6. The best response is to use
this characteristic positively by playing 17 .. . Kb8 18 Be2 e5, when a number of
games have reached the conclusion that Black is fine.
16 ... c5
Here 16 . . . Nc5 17 Be2 Qxg2 18 Rhg1 Qxh2 19 Rxg7!, V.Kramnik-A.Shirov,
Dortmund 1996, seems to be better for White.
17 Kb3
17 Be2 Nb4+ 18 Kb3 Nc6 has been played a few times without reaching an ·
27
Starting Out: Slav a n d· Semi-Slav
Diagram 20 . .
Diagram 21
Challenging the knight An amazing pawn thrust
7 Nxc4 Qc7
Preparing to hit back in the centre with . . . e7 -e5.
8 g3
28
The Main Line S l av : 5 a4 Bf5
Helping in the development of both bishops as one goes to g2, the other to f4.
Instead 8 Bg5 e5 9 Bx£6 gxf6 10 e3 Rg8 gives Black dynamic counterplay in
compensation for the doubled pawns, J.Timman-H.Bouwmeester, Husum
1982.
8... e5 9 dxe5 Nxe5 10 Bf4 Nfd7
Although 10 . . . Rd8 1 1 Qc1 Bd6 has been frequently played over the years, the
ory tends to prefer White after a continuation such as 12 Nxd6+ Qxd6 13 Bg2
0-0 14 a5 a6 15 0-0 as the bishop pair is an important asset.
11 Bg2 g5! (Diagram 2 1)
Morozevich's amazing move that seems to give Black enough chances after . ..
29
Starti n g Out: Slav a n d Sem i-Slav
tage of the two bishops, and the further 1 7 . . . Nxb2? 18 Rfb1 Nc4 19 Rxb7 would
already ruin Black's position.
14 ... Bb4
A lesser evil was 14 .. . Be7 1 5 a5 a6 (people have since learnt that this is neces
sary!) 16 Nxe5 Nxe5 17 Nc5 Bc8 18 Qc3, M.Taimanov-F.Ignatiev, USSR 1971 ,
with pleasant pressure for White.
15 a5 0-0 1 6 a6 (Diagram 22)
Diagram 22 Diagram 23
Softening up the queenside A weakening mo ve
16 ... bxa6?
Kasparov describes 16 . .. b6 as more natural, although he points out that with
17 Qc2 White will keep up the pressure.
17 Nxe5 Nxe5 18 Nc5 Bxc5 19 Qxc5 g5? (Diagram 23)
Weaknesses on the kingside will help White in the later stages. The patient
19 . . . Qb6 was better, although Black's structure would still be creaking on the
queenside, e.g. after 20 Qc3.
20 Be3 Bd5 21 Rxa6 Bxg2 22 Kxg2 Rf7 23 Rfa1 Qd6 24 Qxd6 Rxd6 25
Rxa7 Rxa7 26 Rxa7 Nc4 27 Bc5 Re6 28 Bd4
. .
28 b3 Nd2 29 Be3 tidies up and retains the extra: pawn as 29 . . . Nxb3? drops the
knight to 30 Ra3.
28 ... Rxe2 29 Bxf6 g4
After 29... Nxb2? then 30 Ra2 illustrates another way to trap a piece!
30 Kfl Rc2 31 Rg7+ Kf8 32 Rxg4 Nxb2 33 Bxb2
30
The Main Line Slav: 5 a4 Bf5
Simplest. At World Championship level such endings are converted into wins.
33 ... Rxb2 34 Rc4 Rb6 35 Ke2 Kf7 36 Rh4 Kg6 37 Rf4 Rb3 38 Rc4 Rb6 39
Ke3 Kf5 40 g4+ Ke6 41 f4 Kd5 42 Rd4+ Ke6 43 f5+ Ke7 44 Re4+ Kf7 45 h4
Rb1 46 Kf4 Rc1 47 Ra4 h6 48 Ra7+ Kg8 49 g5 Rc4+ 50 Ke5 1-0
Game 8
0 D.Rogozenko • J.Hector
Hamburg 2001
1 d4 d5 2 c4 c6 3 Nf3 Nf6 4 Nc3 dxc4 5 a4 Bf5 6 Ne5 Nbd7 7 Nxc4 Qc7 8
g3 e5 9 dxe5 Nxe5 10 Bf4 Nfd7 1 1 Bg2 f6 12 0-0 Nc5!? 1 3 Ne3
At one point 13 e4 was the height of fashion, but now it seems that White
players are no longer keen, due largely to the complications resulting from
13 . . . Be6 14 Qe2 Nb3 15 Rad1 Bc5, S.Ivanov-V.Popov, Russia 1998.
13 ...Be6 (Diagram 24)
Diagram 24 Diagram 25
Provoking White forward! Black has piece play
31
Starting Out: S lav and Semi-Slav
Diagram 26 Diagram 27
W hat should White play? It's getting messy
White obtains the bishop pair in an open position. However, Black's forces are
well placed to cover the centre and queen's wing and White's kingside pawns
are hard to make much of for the moment. So it's still 'unclear'.
24 Bg5 Rd7 25 Qh4 a5 26 Bd2 Bd5 27 Bh3 d3!?
A provocative move aimed at getting White to C<:Jmmit himself.
28 e4
28 Bxd7?? loses on the spot to 28 . . . dxe2 29 Rfe1 Qxf2 mate.
28 ... Be6 29 Bg2 Nc2 30 f4 Rd4 31 f5 (Diagram 27)
White pushes his pawns forward and Black bites back where he can.
31. .. Bd5?
Better is 3 1 . . .Qa7 32 Kh1 Bxf5 according to Hector.
32 Rf4 Bb3 33 Rcfl
Here 33 f6! is slightly unpleasant for Black.
33 ... Rxa4 34 e5 Rxf4 35 Qxf4 Bd5 36 Qf2 Bxg2 37 e6! Qf6 38 Kxg2 Qe5
Black has three passed pawns but White's strong e-pawn keeps him in the
game.
39 g4 a4 40 Bf4?
Fortieth moves are notorious! White should try 40 Qf4! Qxf4 4 1 Rxf4 RaS 42
32
The M a i n Line Slav: 5 a4 Bf5
f6! gxf6 43 Rxf6, with enough play to keep the balance. After the text move
White's position is hopeless.
40 ... Qe4+ 41 Kg3 a3 42 Qa7 d2!
Passed pawns must be pushed, or so they say.
43 Qd7
43 Bxd2 drops the bishop to 43 . . . Qd3+.
43 ... Ne3 44 Bxe3 Qxe3+ 45 Kg2 Qe2+ 46 Kgl Qxg4+ 47 Khl Qe4+ 48 Kgl
Qd5 49 Rdl Qxf5 50 Qxd2 Qg4+ 51 Khl Qxe6 52 Ral Qb3 53 Kgl Rb8 54
Qd6 a2 55 Qe5 Qbl+ 0-1
Game 9
D J.Piket • L.Van Wely
Dutch League 2002
1 d4 d5 2 c4 c6 3 Nc3 Nf6 4 Nf3 dxc4 5 a4 Bf5 6 Ne5 Nbd7 7 Nxc4 Qc7 8
g3 e5 9 dxe5 Nxe5 10 Bf4 Nfd7 1 1 Bg2 g5!? 12 Nxe5
Another try is 12 Ne3 gxf4 13 Nxf5 0-0-0 14 0-0 Nc5 15 Qc2 Ne6 16 Rad1 Bc5,
V.Kramnik-A.Morozevich, Astana 200 1, when Black has completed develop
ment, his king seems safe enough, and a tense game is in prospect.
12 ... gxf4 13 Nxd7 0-0-0
Although this elegant move seems to be best, 13 . . . Bxd7 14 Qd4 Rg8 15 Qe4+
Be7, B. Gelfand-E.Bareev, Wijk aan Zee 2002 , wasn't that clear either.
14 Qd4 Qxd7 (Diagram 28)
Diagram 28 Diagram 29
What should White take? Black has compensation
33
Start i n g Out: Slav and Sem i-Slav
is given .in some books (helpfully!) as 'unclear'. The further 19 Ne4 Bxe4 20
Qxf4 Bxg2+ 21 Kxg2 Bxe1 22 Rxe1 is equal.
15 ... Bd6 16 Qh6 Bc7 (Diagram 29)
17 a5?!
Putting this pawn on a dark square is positionally suspect. Instead 17 Rd 1
Qe6 18 Qxe6+ Bxe6 19 Be4 would be balanced. It's hard to imagine White get
ting enough control to be able to use the extra pawn.
17 ... a6 18 0-0 Qe6 19 Qh4 h5?
19 ... Qe5!? is correct as the text allows a trick.
20 Rfc1?
Missing his chance! After 20 e4 Bg6 2 1 Bh3 f5 22 Rfel Black is in trouble.
20 ... Bg4 2 1 Qg5 h4 22 Ne4 hxg3 23 hxg3 Bxe2
Regaining the pawn. Although it's tricky Black now gradually takes control.
24 Rel Rh5 25 Qcl?
Underestimating Black's attack. He should really keep his queen active with
25 Qf6, when something like 25 .. . Bg4 26 b4 probably favours Black, but White
is still in the game.
25 ... Bb5 26 Nc3 Qf6 27 Qe3
Mter 27 Nxb5 Rxb5, White's a5, b2 and f2 pawns are all weak.
27 ... Rdh8 28 b4 Bc4 29 Ne4 Qg6 30 Rad1 Bd5 31 Qc3 Qh6
The tripled maj or pieces mean business!
32 f4 Kb8 33 Qf6 Qh7 34 Rd2 Rh1 + 35 Kf2
35 Bxh 1 allows mate in three, but the text is almost as hopeless.
35 ... Rxe1 36 Ng5 Qh2 37 Kxe1 Qgl+ 38 Bfl Re8+ 39 Re2 Qxg3+ 40 Kd1
Bb3+ 0-1
Summary
The main line of the Slav with 5 ... Bf5 is very rich in possibilities for both sides.
The 6 e3 variation is largely positional with Black being well placed to cope
with White's inevitable expansion. Despite extensive practical tests many of
the key lines are considered to be strategically unclear.
The 6 Ne5 e6 variation leads to the unbalanced material situation of a piece
for three pawns. Theory considers Black to be just about OK, but I have a per
sonal preference for White. Instead 6 .. . Nbd7 has been revived by Morozevich
in recent years and I consider Black to be fine if he knows his stuff.
34
Chapter Two
- Introduction
Introd uction
With 5 ... Bg4 or 5 . . . Na6 Black seeks to create slightly different problems for
White than those encountered in the 5 . . . Bf5 lines. Although these fifth move
alternatives have again dropped out of favour, they do give Black an intetest
ing game. Nevertheless, against best play they probably fail to equalise.
Diagram 1 Diagram 2
The e-pawn is pinned! White keeps a pull
36
Black's Fifth Move Alternatives
knight) 12 Nxc4 Na6, H.Mecking-P.Nikolic, Sao Paulo match 199 1. Both sides
have completed the first phase of their development and Black is well dug in.
b) 7 h3 (intending to push back Black's bishop with a gain of time) 7 ... Na6 8 g4
Bg6 9 Bg2 Nb4 (with the idea of accessing c2) 10 0-0 (the exchange 10 Nxg6?!
hxg6 in general isn't worrying for Black, and here he has an extra pawn to
boot) 10 ... Bc2 1 1 Qd2 Bb3 12 Ne4 Nc2 13 Nc5 with wild complications. One
example: 13 ... Rc8 14 Rb1 e6 1 5 Nxb7 Qb6 16 Na5 Bb4 17 Naxc4 Qxd4 18 Qxd4
Nxd4 19 e3 Bc2 20 exd4 Bxb1 2 1 Bd2 Bxd2 22 Nd6+ Ke7 23 Nxc8+ Rxc8 24
Rxb 1 Nd5 with calm equality! I.Farago-C.Pitschka, Salzburg 1999.
7 ... Nfd7 8 Nxc4 e5 9 Ne4
The threat of a knight coming to d6 leaves Black with little choice.
Instead 9 g3!? stops any . . . Qh4 tricks and prepares to bring the bishop to h3.
This is another promising way for White to fight for an advantage, e.g. 9 ... Bb4
10 dxe5 0-0 11 Bh3 Qe7 12 f4.
9 ... Bb4+ 10 Bd2 Qe7 1 1 Bxb4 Qxb4+ 12 Qd2 Qxd2+
12 . . . Qxc4?? loses immediately to 13 Nd6+.
13 Kxd2 exd4 14 Ned6+ (Diagram 2)
This ending has been tested on many occasions. Black will lose either the b
pawn or the d-pawn and then material will be equal. Although this line is
playable for Black most observers prefer White.
Strategies
Black hopes to disrupt his opponent with ... d5xc4 and the annoying pin, but ·
must stay flexible to react accordingly to White's choice of plan. White must
quickly decide how to nullify Black's light-squared bishop in order to obtain a
grip on the centre.
Theoretical?
There are a few sharp lines that need good theoretical knowledge, but these
are fairly well established. As there haven't been many recent developments,
once knows the basic theory there isn't much need to update it very often.
Statistics
In 1341 games Black has managed 43% which is on a par with 5 . . . Bf5 or
5 . . . Na6. Mter a period of popularity in the 80's and 90's the line has dropped
out of fashion. White's most successful line has been 6 Ne5 Bh5 7 h3 which
scores as high as 62% . .
Game 1 0
0 V.Kramnik • B.Damljanovic
Moscow Olympiad 1994
1 d4 d5 2 Nf3 Nf6 3 c4 dxc4 4 Nc3 c6 5 a4 Bg4 6 Ne5 Bh5 7 f3 Nfd7 8
37
Start i ng O u t: Slav and Sem i-S lav
Nxc4 e 5 9 Ne4 Bb4+ 10 Bd2 Qe7 1 1 Bxb4 Qxb4+ 12 Qd2 Qxd2+ 1 3 Kxd2
exd4 14 Ned6+ Ke7 (Diagram 3)
Diagram 3 Diagram 4
Which pawn to go for? The h5-bishop is offside
38
Black's Fifth M ove Alternatives
Diagram 5 Diagram 6
Should White recapture? Black strikes back
39
Starting O u t : Sl av and Sem i-Slav
0
NOTE: A material 'advantage' is only an advantage if it's l i kely
to be of any use!
30 h4 Bb3
As this doesn't give anything Black should consider 30 . . . Bh3+! 31 Kxh3 Rxf3
32 Rd2 Ke6 33 Kg4 Rf7 and Black regains the pawn with an edge.
31 Rd2 Ke6 32 Ne2 Kxe5 33 Nf4 g6 34 Rd7 . .
Or here 34 Nd3+ Kf6 35 Nxc5 bxc5 36 Rd7 should also be OK for White.
34 ... Rf7 35 Nd3+ Kf6 36 e5+ Kg7 37 Nxc5 bxc5 38 Rxf7+ Kxf7 39 a5 Bd5
40 Kf2 Ke6
After 40 . . . Bxf3 41 Kxf3 Ke6 White holds onto his pawn with 42 Ke4.
41 Bg4+ Kxe5 42 Bc8 h6 43 Bxb7 Kd6 44 Ke3 g5 45 Ba6 Ke7 46 Be2 Kd6
40
Black's Fifth Move Alternatives
47 Kd3 Bg2 48 Kc3 Bh3 49 a6 Kc7 50 a7 Kb7 51 Kc4 gxh4 52 gxh4 Kxa7
53 Kxc5 Bg2 54 h5 Bd5 55 Bdl Ka6 56 Bg4 Kb7 57 Kd6 Kb6 58 Be2 Bb3
59 Ke5 Kc5 60 Kf6 Kd4 61 Kg6 c5 62 Bg4 Bd5 63 Kxh6 B£7 64 B£5 Bxh5
65 Kxh5 c4 %-%
Mter 66 Kg4 Ke3 White cannot retain his last pawn.
Game 12
0 J.Levitt • G.Fiear
British Championship, Plymouth 1 989
1 d4 d5 2 c4 c6 3 N£3 Nf6 4 Nc3 dxc4 5 a4 Bg4 6 Ne5 Bh5 7 h3 Na6 8 g4
Bg6 9 Bg2
My opponent makes it apparent that he's not afraid of complications!
Safer is 9 e3 Nb4 10 Bxc4, but it can still go wrong, e.g. 10 . . . Nd7 (10 . . . Nc2+??
1 1 Qxc2) 1 1 Nxg6 hxg6 12 Qf3 e6 13 K£1 Be7 14 Kg2 g5, followed by . . . Nd7-f8-
g6 gave Black an edge in L.Van Wely-P.Nikolic, Wijk aan Zee 1993.
According to Nikolic, 14 Ne4 followed by Bd2 with equality is better. It makes
sense to complete development of the minor pieces and decide where to put the
king later, but White still has to be careful as he has the worse pawn structure
with weaknesses on both wings and his bishop pair is not easy to get going.
9 ...Nb4
Going for the c2-square.
10 0-0 Bc2
Black has to take up the gauntlet, as following 10 . . . Nd7?! 1 1 Nxc4, B.Gelfand
A.Huzman, USSR Championship 1987, Black has a poor position, e.g. after
1 l . . . e6 12 e4 Be7 1 3 Ne3, as Gelfand points out, White just builds a big centre.
11 Qd2 Bb3 (Diagram 7)
Diagram 7 Diagram 8
Hanging onto the pawn White has good compensation
41
Starting Out: Slav and Sem i-Sl av
42
Black's F ifth Move Alternatives
Diagram 9 Diagram 10
Smyslov's Variation White has a n edge
43
Starti ng Out: Slav and Semi-Slav
6 ...Bg4 7 Bxc4 e6
Black can also try 7 ... Bxf3!? immediately: 8 gxf3 e6 9 0-0 Be7 10 Khl (an in
structive plan that involves using the g-file as well as putting the king safely
in the corner) 10 . . . 0-0 1 1 Rgl Kh8 12 Be3 Nb4 1 3 Qe2 with a slight preference
for White, I. Sokolov-S. Conquest, Reykjavik 2000.
8 Be3 Bb4
Otherwise 8 . . . Nb4 also leads to White keeping a pull due to his extra space,
e.g. 9 0-0 Be7 10 Be2 0-0 1 1 h3 Bh5 12 Ne5, Y.Razuvaev-J.Plachetka, Kesz
thely 1981.
9 Qd3 Bx£3 10 gx£3 Qa5 1 1 Ke2 (Diagram 10)
This position is from M. Cebalo-B.Ivkov, Yugoslav Championship 1981. White
decides that his king will be safest here and hopes to use his bishops, the g-file
and a central preponderance to keep an edge.
Strategies
Black may wish to double White's pawns and use the b4-square, but these are
not enough. At some point he'll need to hit back with . . . c6-c5 or . . . e6-e5 to stop
White taking control.
White will look for ways to find chinks in Black's armour, for instance by ad
vancing pawns to get open diagonals for his bishops.
Theoretical?
Not really; it's possible to play this way without any major problems to get de
veloped. However, White can also develop fairly naturally without knowing
reams of theory and still keep a pull due to his space and central edge. Bear in
mind, however, that in practice it's not easy to turn the central space edge into
anything more concrete.
Statistics
From the 617 games in the database Black made 42%, which is slightly less
than average. Relatively speaking, 5 . . . Na6 was at its most popular in the
1960's and has declined ever since.
. .
Game 13
0 L.Van Wely • D.De Vreugt
Dutch Championship, Rotterdam 2000
1 d4 d5 2 c4 c6 3 Nc3 Nf6 4 N£3 dxc4 5 a4 Na6 6 e4 Bg4 7 Bxc4 e6 8 Be3
Be7
Although this keeps the b4-square available for the knight, I prefer 8 . . . Bb4
44
Black' s F ifth Move Alternatives
putting pressure on e4. Then after 9 Qd3 or 9 Qc2, at least Black can double
the white pawns with . . . Bxf3. In the game Black doesn't have this opportunity.
9 0-0 0-0 10 h3
10 Be2 is more solid.
10...Bh5
Now 10 ... Bxf3 11 Qxf3 would be ideal for White.
11 g4!? Bg6 1 2 Ne5 (Diagram 11)
Diagram 11 Diagram 12
Pushing on the kingside Black loses material
12 ... Nb4
The most popular move, improving the knight, but the immediate 12 . . . c5!? hit
ting back at the centre is logical. M.Taimanov-V.Smyslov, USSR Champion
ship 1969, then continued 13 Bxa6 Gustifiable here as White now snatches a
pawn) 1 3 . . . bxa6 14 dxc5 Qc7 15 Nxg6 hxg6 16 Rc1 Rfc8 17 b4 a5 with equal
chances.
Note that Black cannot capture on e4 either way as he loses material:
12 . . . Bxe4?? 13 g5 Bd5 14 gxf6, or 12 . . . Nxe4?? 13 Nxg6 Nxc3 14 Nxe7+ Qxe7 1 5
bxc3.
13 Qe2 Qa5?
Underestimating the danger to his kingside.
13 . . . c5 is correct, hitting back at White's centre and not giving him the time or
space .to get too excited. Then 14 dxc5 Qc7 15 Nxg6 hxg6 16 Rac 1 a6 17 Rfd1
Rfd8 1 8 Kg2 Bxc5 was agreed drawn in J. Speelman-W.Hartston, Morecambe
1981.
45
Starting Out: Slav and Semi-Slav
14 g5 Ne8?
The only chance is 14 ... Nh5 holding up the kingside advance at the risk of hav
ing an offside knight.
1 5 Bb3
There's more to chess than simply grabbing material! Although 15 Nd7 nets
the exchange, after 15 . . . Nd6 16 Nxf8 Rxf8 1 7 Bd3 Bxg5 Black has reasonable
practical compensation. White's king is the more exposed of the two and his
rooks are not that impressive.
15 ... Nd6 16 Qg4
It's already too late for Black to deflect White from his single-minded inten
tions.
16... Na6
Now 16 . . . c5 is bad after 17 dxc5.
1 7 h4 (Diagram 12) 17 ... c5
Four moves overdue!
18 h5 cxd4 19 Bxd4 Nf5
Desperate stuff. Here 19 . . . Qb4 could well have been Black's intended move,
forking the white bishops. But then 20 hxg6 hxg6? (20 . . . Qxb3 21 gxh7+ Kh8 22
Qh5 allows Black to struggle on in a miserable position) 21 Nxg6 Rfe8 22 Qh3!
leads to mate.
20 exf5 Bxf5 21 Qg3 Rad8
Black remains a piece down for nothing as 2 1 . . .Qb4 is met by 22 Bc4 or by 22
Nb5.
22 Nb5 Qb4 23 Qc3 f6 24 Nf3 fxg5 25 Qxb4 Nxb4 26 Bxa7 Nc6 27 Nfd4
Be4 28 Nxe6 Rd3 29 Bc4 1-0
Game 14
D Z.Varga • L.Portisch
H ungarian Championship, Heviz 2003
1 d4 d5 2 c4 c6 3 Nf3 Nf6 4 Nc3 dxc4 5 a4 Na6 6 e3
This modest move hopes to avoid counterplay against the centre, so allowing
White to develop further and support the centre before expanding.
6 ... Bg4 7 Bxc4 e6 8 h3 Bh5 (Diagram 13) 9 g4!?
When faced with this position Kramnik preferred to include 0-0, Qe2 and Rd1
�- ·
before playing g2-g4.
9 ... Bg6 10 Qe2
Or 10 Ne5 Nb4 11 Nxg6 hxg6 12 Kf1 c5, W.Uhlmann-V.Hort, Marianske
Lazne 1965, with a type of position that can be found throughout the book:
White's bishops are compensated for by Black's better pawns and general so
lidity.
46
Black's F ifth Move Alte rnatives
Diagram 13 Diagram 1 4
Should White play g4? Black has counterplay
0
NOTE: Castling is not the only way to keep your king safe, an- ·
12 Bf4
If 12 h4, then 12 . . . h5 13 g5 Bd6 14 0-0 Qe7 looks more flexible than the pre
mature castling of Skembris-Velikov above.
12 ... h5!? (Diagram 14)
An interesting idea to take the sting out of White's kingside advance.
13 0-0-0 hxg4 14 hxg4 Rxh1 15 Rxh1 Qe7
Preparing to castle long, but he never does as more pressing events take over.
16 Nh4 e5!
Another point behind ... Qe7!
17 dxe5 Nxe5 18 Bxe5 Qxe5 19 Nxg6 fxg6
Although White has managed to double his opponent's pawns, Black's dark
squared control gives him a comfortable game. Now the experienced Portisch
gives his opponent a fine lesson in technique.
20 Rdl Bd6 2 1 Qe3
47
Starting Out: Sl av and Semi-S l av
Stopping Black castling because a7 would fall, but Black doesn't need to
bother any more after the exchange of queens.
21...Qf4 22 Qxf4 Bxf4+ 23 Kb1 Ke7 24 Na2 Nxa2 25 Kxa2 Rh8
The h-file is quite rightly Black's property (he made the effort to open it with
. . . h7-h5 and . . . h5xg4) and White will suffer as a result.
26 e5?!
This attempt at activating his bishop and avoid being passive ultimately fails.
If 26 Rd3 Rh2 27 Rb3 b6 28 f3, then 28 . . . Be5 leaves White tied down and the
plan of . . . Ke7-f6-g5-f4 will be unpleasant to face.
26 ... Bxe5 2 7 Bd3 Rf8 28 Re1 Kd6 29 Re2 Rf4 30 Be4 Rxg4 31 f3 Rg1 32
Rd2+ Kc7 33 Re2
White has a solid defensive formation, but it's cost him two pawns to achieve.
33 ... a5 34 Kb3 Bf6 35 Ka2 Rfl 36 Rg2 g5 3 7 Kb3 g4! 38 fxg4
Mter 38 Rxg4, then simply 38 . . .Rf2 wins either the b-pawn or the f-pawn.
38 ... Rf4 39 Bf5 Rb4+ 40 Ka3 Be7 41 Ka2 Rxa4+ 42 Kb1 Rf4 43 Kc2 Bf6
0-1
Enough is enough. White can't do anything, while Black just advances on the
queenside.
Su mmary
Black's alternatives to 5 . . . Bf5 have surprise value but are not good enough to
equalise.
Bronstein's 5 . . . Bg4 creates tension, about which White needs to make a diffi
cult decision. The unprepared can easily go astray but, unfortunately for
Black, the main line after 7 f3 has been worked �ut to an ending virtually by
force where White keeps a small but persistent edge.
Smyslov's 5 . . . Na6 is perhaps more solid but allows White an easy time in con
structing his centre. Black is well dug in and White may have difficulty using
his space advantage if Black seeks timely counterplay with . . . c6-c5 or . . . e6-e5 .
. '
48
Chapter Three
G a m b i t L i n es : 5 e4, 5 N e5
a n d 5 e3
R Introduction
R 5 Ne5 Gambit
R 5 e3 Gambit
Starting O u t : Slav and Sem i-Slav
Introduction
After White's most popular move 5 a4, he normally recuperates the loose c
pawn fairly quickly, as we have seen in the first two chapters. Here we will
look at the consequences of three alternatives, all of which allow Black to de
fend the forward c-pawn with ... b7 -b5. They are all types of gambit, the most
notorious of which is Geller's 5 e4. These lines are not highly rated by the top
echelon and the statistics show that Black scores well in practice.
Diagram 1 Diagram 2
The Geller Gambit Going for the jugular!
White doesn't want to delay expanding in the centre even if it costs a pawn.
5 ...b5 6 e5 Nd5 7 a4
By battering away at the queenside edifice, White hopes to obtain a concession
·
from Black.
7 ... e6 8 axb5 Nxc3
Black releases the pressure on b5 but now White solidifies his centre.
9 bxc3 cxb5 10 Ng5 Bb7 1 1 Qh5 (Diagram 2)
White uses his slight lead in development to develop some threats against
Black's king. Nevertheless there are two solid defences that enable Black to
50
Gambit L i n es : 5 e4, 5 Ne5 and 5 e3
51
Starting O ut: Slav and Semi-Slav
8... Nxc3
Another way of defending is 8 . . . Bb4 9 Bd2 Bxc3 10 bxc3 cxb5, e.g. 1 1 Ng5 Nc6
12 Qh5 Qe7 13 Be2 b4 with a double-edged game in prospect, I. Zakharevich
E.Sveshnikov, Russian Championship 1995. Black's king lacks security but
White doesn't have it all his own way in the centre.
9 bxc3 cxb5 10 Ng5
Again this move to prepare direct threats against Black's king.
10 ... Bb7 1 1 Qh5 g6
For 1 1 . ..Qd7 see the introductory notes.
12 Qg4 Be7 13 Be2 Bd5 (Diagram 3)
Diagram 3 Diagram 4
A great outpost W here to seek compensation?
This fine move occupying the d5-outpost solidifies the centre and prepares
. . . Nc6. However, over the years 13 . . . Nd7 has been more popular (see the next
game).
14 Bf3 Nc6 15 0-0
After 15 Ne4 h5 16 Qf4 a5! 17 0-0 Ra7 18 Re1 Kf8 Black was favourite,
E.Magerramov-K.Sasikiran, Dubai 2002.
15 ... a5 16 Ne4 h6 (Diagram 4) 17 Nd6+?
Premature and smacking of desperation in the face of Black's intended . . . Kf8-
· ·
g7 and . . . b5-b4.
Instead 17 Re1 is correct, as after 17 . ..Ra7?! , then 18 Nd6+! works, e.g.
1 8 ... Bxd6 19 Bxd5 exd5 20 exd6+ Kf8 21 Bf4 Rd7 22 Be5, which led to a White
win in S.Guliev-O.Maiorov, Moscow 1996. Black should meet 17 Re1 with
17 . . . Kf8! , when 1 8 Bf4 would leave the tussle hanging in the balance.
17 ... Bxd6 18 Bxd5 exd5 19 exd6 Qxd6 20 Ba3 b4 21 cxb4 Nxb4
52
Gambit L i n e s : 5 e4, 5 Ne5 and 5 e3
Diagram 5 Diagram 6
Black has queenside ambitions Which way to castle?
53
Starting Out: Slav and Sem i -Slav
20 Bg5!
Exchanging the dark-squared bishops earns the d6-square for the knight.
20 ...Bxg5 21 Qxg5 a4 22 Qg3 f5 23 Nd6+ Rxd6 24 exd6 f4
Instead 24 ... Qg7 25 Bf3 Rd8 has been suggested, but 26 Bxd5 Bxd5 27 Qe3
then gives Black some headaches.
25 Qxg6 Qxd6 26 Bf3 Bc6 27 Rel Re8 28 Bxd5 Qxd5 29 Radl! Qf5 30
Qxf5 exf5 31 Rxe8+ Bxe8 32 f3 Kc7 33 Kf2 KJ:>6 34 Ke2 Ka5 35 Rbl
If Black does nothing White will win by bringing his king to c2, play Rb4 and
Ka3, then recycle the rook to invade behind Black's lines to pick off pawns.
35 ... a3 36 Kd2
The king arrives in time to stop the a-pawn.
36 ...b4
Or 36 . . . Ka4 37 Rb4+ Ka5 38 Kc2 and Black is helpless as a2 falls.
37 cxb4+ Ka4 38 Kc3 a2 39 Ral Ka3 40 Kxc4!
A nice touch!
40 ... Kb2 41 Rdl alQ 42 Rxal Kxal 43 b5 Bd7 44 b6 Bc8 45 Kd4 Kb2 46
Ke5 Kc3 47 Kxf4 Kd4 48 Kg5 Ke5 49 Kxh5 Kf6 50 g4 Bb7 5 1 Kh6 1-0
For those unconvinced I suggest the following plausible continuation: 5l...fxg4
52 fxg4 Be4 53 g5+ Kf7 54 g6+ Kg8 (or 54 . . . Kf6 55 g7 Kf7 56 b7 Bxb7 57 Kh7
Be4+ 58 Kh8) 55 h5 Bf3 56 Kg5 Be4 57 Kf6 Bf3 58 h6 Bd5 59 Ke7 Be4 60 h7+
Kg7 61 h8Q+ Kxh8 62 Kf8 Bd5 63 g7+ Kh7 64 g8Q+ Bxg8 65 b7.
54
Gambit Lines : 5 e4, 5 Ne5 and 5 e3
Diagram 7 Diagram 8
The 5 Ne5 Gambit How should Black respond?
Another gambit idea where White tempts Black to hold onto the c-pawn.
The Catalan-style gambit 5 g3 can also be met by 5 . . . b5, for instance 6 Bg2
Bb7 which transposes back to the main game after 7 Ne5.
5 ... b5
Black has good chances to equalise after 5 . . . Nbd7 6 Nxc4 (6 f4 b5! gave Black a
comfortable game in O .Romanishin-V.Akopian, Linares 1996, see Game 1 8)
6 . . . b5, e.g. 7 Nd2 (or 7 Ne3 Bb7 8 g3 c5 9 d5 a6 10 Bg2 g6 1 1 0-0 Bg7 12 a4 b4
13 Nb1 a5 14 Qc2 Nb6 with chances for both sides, O.Romanishin
A.Morozevich, Elista Olympiad 1998) 7 . . . e5 8 e3 exd4 9 exd4 Nb6 10 Nf3 b4 1 1
Na4 Bd6 when Black is OK, J.Tifuman-M.Illescas Cordoba, Pamplona 1999.
6 g3 Bb7 7 Bg2 (Diagram 8) 't . Nbd7!?
..
Black has such a big choice apart from the text move.
a) 7 . . . Qc8 8 0-0 e6 is a safe way to hold onto the booty, J.Stocek-E.Meduna,
Lazne Bohdanec 1996, when White has some pressure but nothing concrete.
b) 7 . . . Qb6 8 a4 a6 is possible, as after 9 0-0 e6 we reach a position that often
arises via the Catalan Opening (1 d4 d5 2 c4 e6 3 Nf3 Nf6 4 g3 dxc4 5 Bg2 b5!?
etc.). Then 10 e4 Nbd7 (Black soon liberated after 10 ... Bb4!? 11 Be3 0-0 12 Na2
Be7 13 b3 cxb3 14 Qxb3 c5 in P.H.Nielsen-P.Jaracz, Warsaw (rapid) 2003, and
went on to win) 1 1 Nxd7 Nxd7 12 d5 Bc5 13 dxe6 fxe6 14 Bh3 Nf8 15 Qh5+ g6
16 Qh6 yields compensation for the pawn according to Raetsky & Chetverik.
c) The modest move 7 . . . a6 consolidates the extra pawn before continuing de-
55
Starting Out: Slav and Sem i-Slav
velopment. Mter 8 a4 e6 9 0-0 Nd5, we reach a position that can occur from
various move-orders, again including the Catalan (1 d4 Nf6 2 c4 e6 3 Nf3 d5 4
g3 dxc4 5 Bg2 b5 6 Ne5 Nd5 etc.), or an . . . a6-Slav (1 d4 d5 2 c4 c6 3 Nf3 Nf6 4
Nc3 a6 5 g3 dxc4 etc.), e.g. 10 e4 Nxc3 1 1 bxc3 Nd7 12 f4 Be7 13 Ng4 0-0,
M.Maciejewski-M.Matlak, Polish Championship 1987, when White has ag
gressive intentions but nothing that should worry Black too much.
8 Nxc6
8 Nxb5? is tempting, but it loses to 8 . . . Nxe5 9 dxe5 Qxd1 + 10 Kxd1 0-0-0+, and
then the knight on b5 can be safely captured.
8.. . Qb6 9 d5 e6 10 a4
Probing Black's defences, as in V.Ivanchuk-A.Shirov, Dos Hermanas 1996 (see
·
Diagram 9
Black is not worse
Strategy
Black can hold onto the pawn at the risk of allowing White an early initiative,
or give it back in order to catch up in development. White will generally press
along the long diagonal as in some gambit lines from the Catalan.
. .
Theoretical?
Not really; it has never been popular enough.
Statistics
In a smallish poll of 117 games White has scored an average 53%.
56
Gambit L i n e s : 5 e4, 5 NeS a n d 5 e3
Game 1 7
0 V.lvanchuk • A.Shirov
Dos Hermanas 1 996
Provoking sharp complications. For several calmer alternatives, see the intro
ductory notes.
8 Nxc6 Qb6 9 d5 e6 10 a4 (Diagram 10)
Diagram 10 Diagram 11
A critical moment Black loses material
10 ... Bc5?
Shirov is tempted by hitting f2, but this turns out to be dubious.
Black has a difficult choice here. For instance, Hubner demonstrates that
10 . . . b4? is tempting but also seem� to be inadequate: 1 1 Be3 Bc5 12 a5 Qa6 13
Bxc5 bxc3 (13 . . . Nxc5 14 Nxb4 is also somewhat better for White) 14 dxe6 cxb2
15 exd7+ Nxd7 16 Rb1 Bxc6 (16 . . . Nxc5 17 Qd6 is curtains) 1 7 Qd6 Qxa5+ 18
Bb4 and White is winning.
I think 10 . . . a6 is OK, e . g. 1 1 Be3 Bc5 12 Bxc5 Qxc5! 13 axb5 axb5 14 Na5 Qb6
15 Nxb7 Rxa1 16 Qxa1 Qxb7 17 0-0 exd5 18 Rd1 0-0 with equal chances.
White will have the bishop in the open position, but Black has a useful queen-
side majority.
\
The Israeli player, Har Zvi, points out another good defence: 10 ... exd5 1 1 axb5
d4! 12 Na4 Qxb5 13 Nxd4 Qb4+ 14 Kf1 (14 Bd2? is met by 14 ... Bxg2! with lots
of wood for the queen) 14 . . . Bxg2+ 15 Kxg2 Qb7+ 16 f3 Bb4 and Black is doing
fine.
57
Starting Out: Slav and Sem i -Slav
58
Black's Fifth Move Alternatives
Diagram 12 Diagram 13
Black develops more easily The queenside advances
Keeping things simple is often the best practical approach when you're guar
anteed an edge anyway, but 14 . . . Bxg2 must have been tempting!
In fact Akopian analyses 14 . . . Bxg2 15 Rg1 Qb7 16 Kf2 Nxe5 17 fxe5 Ne4+ 18
Kxg2 Nxd2+ 19 Bf3! as leading to equality. However, after the superior
17 . . . Ng4+! 18 Kg3 (or 18 Bxg4 Bh4+ 19 Ke2 h5! which is good for Black) he
must have overlooked 18 . . . Nf2! 19 Qe 1 Nhl+ winning for him. So 14 ... Bxg2 is
both playable and probably good.
0
NOTE: Most Grandmasters will opt for a safe advantage rather
than dabble in risky complications.
59
Start i ng Out: Sl av and Semi-Slav
K£2 Kd7 36 Ke2 Kxd6 37 Kd2 Rc4 38 Rxc2 Rxc2+ 39 Kxc2 Kd5 40 Kd3 h5 41
g3 h4 42 gxh4 gxh4 and wins.
Romanishin puts up tremendous resistance, but can't quite save the game.
34 d5! exd5
Better than 34 . . . Qxd5 35 Rxc2 which would be tough to win.
35 Qd3 Ke6! 36 d7 Kxd7 37 Qxf5+ Qe6 38 Qh7+ Kd6 39 Rxc2 Qxe3+ 40
Kh2 Qe5+ 41 g3 Rxc2+ 42 Qxc2 d4 43 Qd3 Qe3 44 Qa6+ Kc5 45 Kg2 Kb4
46 Qxh6 d3 47 Qd6+ Kb3 48 Qd5+ Kb2 49 Qb5+ Kcl 50 Qc4+ Kdl 5 1
Qb3+ Ke2 52 Qb2+ Qd2 53 Qf6! Kdl +
As Akopian pointed out later, the most precise is 53 . . . Ke3+! 54 Kg1 Qd1 + 55
Kg2 Qe2+ 56 Kg1 Qf3 57 Qxg5+ Ke2 58 Qb5 (or 58 Qe5+ Qe3+ 59 Qxe3+ Kxe3
60 K£1 d2) 58 . . . Qxg3+ 59 Kh1 Qxh3+ with a book win.
54 Kfl Qel+ 55 Kg2 Qe4+ 56 Kf2 Kc2
There are no checks!
57 Qf7 Qd4+ 58 Kg2 Qe4+ 59 Kf2 Qe2+ 60 Kgl Qe3+ 61 Kg2 Kdl 62 Qb3+
Ke2 63 Qb2+ Qd2 64 Qd4?
64 Qf6! would get back to the position after move 53!
64 ... Kdl + 65 Kgl Qel + 66 Kg2 Qe2+ 67 Kgl Qf3! 68 Qe5 g4!
Disrupting White's defences in a unique way.
69 hxg4 d2
It's actually zugzwang!
70 g5
Natural but. . .
7 0. . .Kc2 71 Qc5+ Qc3 72 Qf5+ Kb2 7 3 Q f2 Kbl 7 4 Qf5+ Qc2 0�1
Mter 75 Qb5+ Kc1 White is denied access to the pinning square g5!
5 e3 Gambit
1 d4 d5 2 c4 c6 3 Nf3 Nf6 4 Nc3 dxc4 5 e3 (Diagram 14)
A positional gambit. White keeps his centre solid while he prepares to hit back
at the queenside. A few strong players have tried it once or twice, but not with
any regularity.
5 ... b5 6 a4 b4 7 Nbl
White hopes to regain the pawn and in the meantime leave Black with an in
ferior pawn structure. This knight hopes to come to c4 via d2.
Mter 7 N a2, the knight will struggle to get to a useful square before Black has
time to free himself, e.g. 7 . . . e6 8 Bxc4 Bb7 9 0-0 c5! (the standard freeing
break in this quasi Semi-Slav) 10 Qe2 Nbd7 11 Rd1 Qc7 and Black has a fine
game, R.Vera-M.Illescas Cordoba, Linares 1994.
60
Black's Fifth Move Alternatives
Diagram 14 Diagram 15
The 5 e3 Gambit Black should equalise
7 Ba6 8 Be2
...
White's queen's knight worked overtime in the next example: 8 Nbd2 c3 9 bxc3
Bxfl 10 Nxf1 bxc3 11 Ng3 (five moves out of eleven! - no wonder Black has
time to get . . . c6-c5 in!) 1 l. . .e6 12 0-0 c5 13 Ba3 Nbd7 14 Rc 1 Qa5 and in
A.Shirov-J.Granda Zuniga, Moscow Olympiad 1 994, White couldn't find any
way for an advantage.
8 e6 9 0-0 c5
...
Similar is 9 ... Be7 10 Nbd2 c3! 1 1 bxc3 bxc3 12 Nb 1 Qa5 13 Ba3 c5, and again
Black can claim equality, P. .Nikolic-E.Bareev, Pula 1997 (see Game 20) .
10 Nbd2 c3!
Frustrating White's development.
1 1 bxc3 bxc3 12 Nb1 cxd4 13 exd4 Bb4 (Diagram 15)
S.Halkias-M.Gurevich, Silivri 2003. Although Black won't be able to hold onto
his c-pawn for very long, he'll catch up in development and should equalise.
Strategy
White aims to win back his pawn and leave Black with a compromised struc
ture. Black aims to oblige White to lose time in order to regain material equal
ity, and react with . . . c6-c5 liquidating to a comfortable game.
Theoretical?
Not really. It won't take long to learn the essential lines for either colour.
Statistics
The heyday of 5 e3 was really in the early years of the Slav before 1 950. Since
61
Starting O ut : Slav and Sem i-Slav
then ifs been used occasionally as a surprise weapon and has scored an aver
age 54% from 790 games. In the main line after 5 . . .b5 6 a4 b4 7 Nb 1 Ba6
White has a modest 52% from 179 games.
Game 1 9
D V.Salov • R.Htibner
Dortmund 1 992
1 d4 d5 2 N£3 Nf6 3 c4 dxc4 4 Nc3 c6 5 e3 b5 6 a4 b4 7 Nb1 Ba6 8 Be2 e6
9 0-0 c5!
Attacking White's centre is best
10 Nbd2 c3
Mter 10 . . . Nc6, the mass simplification of Z.Franco Ocampos-V.Smyslov, Barce
lona 1990, led to easy equality: 1 1 dxc5 Bxc5 12 Bxc4 Bxc4 13 Nxc4 Qxd1 14
Rxd1 Ke7. Instead 10 . . . Qd5? is just bad in view of 11 Ne5.
11 bxc3 bxc3 12 Nb1 (Diagram 16)
Diagram 16 Diagram 17
How should Black continue? White has a strong threat
12 ... Nd5?
Underestimating White's next. Instead Black has a couple of ways to equalise:
12 . . . cxd4 13 Nxd4 Bb4 14 Bb5+ Bxb5 15 axb5 0-0 16 Qb3 a5 17 Nxc3 e5,
S.Halkias-M.Gurevich, Silivri 2003, and 12 ... Qa5! which is featured in the
next game. . .
62
Gambit Lines: 5 e4, 5 Ne5 and 5 e3
If 1 4 ... Nd7, Anand proposes 1 5 e4 N5f6 16 Nxc3 cxd4 17 Nxd4 with a pleasant
edge, especially as the c6-outpost is j ust asking to be occupied!
1 5 Qxd4 Be7 16 e4
Naturally White doesn't fall for 16 Qxg7? Bf6 17 Qh6 c2 and Black wins.
16.: .c2
Trying to disorientate his opponent's pieces. 16 . . . Nf6 is tame due to 17 Nxc3,
and 16 ... Bf6 is met by 1 7 e5 Be7 18 Nxc3 Nxc3 19 Qxc3 0-0 20 Be3! leaving
Black under significant pressure.
17 Na3 Bf6 18 e5 Be7 19 Nxc2 Qd7
Commentators have suggested alternatives but already nothing is really satis
factory.
20 Qg4! g6 2 1 Ncd4 0-0 22 Ba3!
Exchanging off Black's best defensive piece.
22 ... Rc8 23 h4 Rc4 24 Bxe7 Qxe7 25 Rfc1
Again seeking to exchange a pair of rooks as this leaves White in control of the
c-file.
25 ... Rxcl+ 26 Rxc1 Nd7 27 h5 Kg7 28 Rc6 Nf8 29 Rd6! (Diagram 1 7)
29 ... £5
Not exactly what Black wants to play but it's too late to find a defence of any
value! A move such as 29 . . . Rc8? allows the main threat of 30 Rxd5! Rc1+ 3 1
Kh2 exd5 3 2 Nf5+, while 2 9 . . . Qc7 goes down to 30 h6+!, e.g.
a) 30 . . . Kxh6 3 1 Qg5+ Kg7 32 Rxd5 exd5 33 Nf5+ Kg8 34 Ne7+ Kg7 35 Qf6+
Kh6 36 Nf5+ Kh5 37 Qg5 mate.
b) 30 . . . Kg8 3 1 Qg5 Qe7 32 Nc6 Qxg5 33 Nxg5 (when Black is short of moves)
33 . . . Re8 34 Nxa7 and the rest is easy.
30 Qg5! Rb8 31 h6+ Kf7 32 Rxd5! exd5 33 Qxe7+ 1-0
After 33 . . . Kxe7 34 Nc6+ wins the rook.
Game 20
D P.Nikolic • E.Bareev
European Team Championship, Pula 1 997
1 d4 d5 2 c4 c6 3 Nf3 Nf6 4 Nc3 dxc4 5 e3 b5 6 a4 b4 7 Nb1 Ba6 8 Be2 e6
9 0-0 Be7 10 Nbd2 c3 11 bxc3 bxc3 12 Nb1 Qa5 13 Ba3 c5
H.Olsen-G.Kasparov, Torshavn (simul) 2001, continued with 13 . . . Be7 14 Bxa6
Nxa6 15 Qd3 Nd5 16 Rc 1 Nab4 17 Qc4 c2 18 Bxb4 Nxb4 19 Na3 0-0 20 Nxc2
and a draw was soon agreed.
14 Bxa6 Nxa6 15 Ne5
Here 15 Qd3 is about equal, see the introductory notes.
15 ... Rc8 (Diagram 18) 16 Qb3?
This proves to be the wrong plan. Instead 16 Nc4 is recommended by Hubner,
63
Starti ng Out: Slav and Semi-Slav
who goes on to give 16 . . . Qd8 1 7 Qb3 0-0 18 Rd1 as unclear. Perhaps Black
could then continue with 18 . . . Rb8 19 Qxc3 Nd5 20 Qc1 cxd4 21 Bxe7 Qxe7 22
Rxd4 Rfc8 when he has an edge due to his slightly better development.
Diagram 18 Diagram 19
The critical m o ment The c-pawn i s strong
64
Gambit L i n e s : 5 e4, 5 Ne5 and 5 e3
46. ReS+ Ke7 4 7 Re7+ Kd8 48 �e8+ Ke7 49 Re7+ Kf8 50 ReS+ Kg7 51 Nd7
g4+
The imprudent 5 l . . .c2? falls into White's trap: 52 Nf6 g4+ 53 Kg2 and perpet
ual is on the cards, e.g. 53 . . . c lQ 54 Rg8+ Kh6 55 Nxg4+ Kh5 56 Nf6+.
52 Kg2
Unfortunately for White, 52 Kxg4 takes away the valuable g4-square from his
knight, and so after 52 . . . c2, White cannot create the perpetual net of the previ
ous note.
52 ... Rb5!
Now Nf6 is always met by capturing the e-pawn, so the win is nigh.
53 h5 Rd5 54 h6+ Kg6 55 Nf6 Rxe5 56 Nxg4 Rg5 57 f3
Or 57 Rg8+ Kh5 58 Nf6+ Kxh6 59 Ng4+ Rxg4 60 Rxg4 c2 etc.
57 ... Rb5 58 Rg8+ Kf5 59 Rg7 e2 60 Rxf7+
60 Ne3+ K£6 61 Nxc2 finally picks off the c-pawn but, after 6 l . . .B,b2, only at
the cost of a piece.
60 ... Kg6 61 Rg7+ Kh5 62 Rg8 Rg5! 0-1
Summary
The Geller Gambit with 5 e4 can be best described as speculative. White has
chances for an attack but with best play Black shouldn't be worse.
The 5 Ne5 Gambit is often followed up by fianchettoing the king's bishop with
g2-g3 and Bg2. Not only does play seem akin to certain lines of the Catalan
Opening, some lines actually transpose. White seeks general activity, pressure
on the long diagonal and better harmony for the pawn. Black can obtain a good
game by picking his moment to return the pawn to achieve rapid development
or even hold onto his loot for the duration.
The more positional 5 e3 has been tried at the top level on occasion, but has
now been more or less abandoned as Black's routes to equality have been fath
omed out.
65
Chapter Four
T h e Qu i et 4 e 3
- Introdu ction
Introduction
1 d4 d5 2 c4 c6 3 Nf3 Nf6 4 e3 (Diagram 1)
Diagra m 1
The quiet 4 e3
This doesn't apply any particular pressure. White defends his c4-pawn and
intends solid development. A practical choice for those seeking quiet positions
with little theory. Black has to decide where to place his queen's bishop.
Diagram 2 Diagram 3
A provocative pin · White plays aggressively
67
Starting Out: Slav and Semi-Slav
A more provocative move than the more common . . . Bf5. White will now have to
find a solution to the pin on the d1-h5 diagonal.
5 h3 Bxf3
5 . . . Bh5 is also possible, provoking White to take a risk with g2-g4.
6 Qx£3 e6 7 Nc3 Nbd7 8 Bd2 Bd6 9 g4!? (Diagram 3)
White's most aggressive continuation requires careful handling by Black.
Theoretical?
No. Natural development is generally enough to get by.
Statistics
In a total of 982 games Black has scored an average 45%. White's best try
seems to be 5 h3 when Black only gets 40%.
Game 21
D A.Dreev • S.Movsesian
Sarajevo 2002
1 d4 d5 2 c4 c6 3 Nf3 Nf6 4 e3 Bg4 5 Nc3
The other main idea is 5 cxd5 Bxf3 ! (safe and ultra-solid) 6 Qxf3 cxd5 7 Nc3 e6
8 Bd3 Nc6 9 0-0 Be7 10 Qe2 0-0 which permits Black a comfortable game. It's
not clear that the bishop pair constitutes an asset as the bishop on cl will have
some difficulty in becoming active.
5 ... e6 6 h3 Bxf3 7 Qxf3 Nbd 7 8 Bd2 Bd6 9 g4!?
An aggressive idea, aiming for g4-g5 pushing the knight back and gaining
space.
9 . . Bb4
.
The bishop changes its mind! Now if White plays g4-g5 Black aims to use the
e4-square. Although the rule of 'not moving a piece twice in the opening' is
widely respected, there are always exceptions! White's g2-g4 is his extra
tempo, which contains a direct positional threat, but from Black's point of view
such early machismo by White could j ust selrweaken the aggressor ..
0
NOT E : Moving a piece twice (or more) in the opening is ac
ceptable if there is a logical reason. In particular, if the oppo
nent does not gain a 'free' move for development in return.
· 1o Bd3 . .
Renewing the threat of g4-g5. If 10 g5 here, then 10 . . . Bxc3 1 1 Bxc3 Ne4 is sat
isfactory for Black.
10 e5!? (Diagram 4)
...
68
The Quiet 4 e3
Better than 1 l . . .cxd5?! , which lets White take the initiative with 12 dxe5 Nxe5
13 Bb5+.
Diagram 4 Diagram 5
An active counter-blow Black has the initiative
12 Bxc3
A later try, 12 bxc3 cxd5 13 Qf5 g6 14 Qg5 Qe7 15 f3 0-0-0 16 Bb5 Qe6, turned
out in Black's favour in A.Onischuk-R.Vasquez, Buenos Aires 2003.
12 ...Nxd5 13 Bc4 N7b6 14 Bxd5
White has also tried to keep the tension with 1 4 Bb3, e.g. 14 ... 0-0 1 5 0-0 (if 1 5
dxe5 Nxc3 1 6 bxc3, then 16 .. . Qd3! i s awkward) 15 . . . Qe7 16 Qe4 Qh4 17 Kg2 f5!
gave Black interesting counterplay in S.Anapolsky-S.Krivoshey, Ukrainian
Championship 2003.
14 ...Nxd5 15 Qe4 0-0 16 dxe5
Mter 16 Qxe5, Movsesian intended 16 . . . Qh4 17 Qh5 Nxe3! 18 Qxh4 Ng2+, re
cuperating the material with an equal game.
16 ... Qh4 17 Bd4 Rad8 18 Qf3 Qe7!
A timely switch-back to threaten . . . c6-c5.
19 Rc1
19 b3?! looks fishy after 19 . . . c5 20 Bb2 c4!.
19 ...b6! (Diagram 5) 20 0-0
Mter this the game fizzles out into a draw. But Movsesian points out that
White doesn't have anything better, e.g. 20 b3 c5 21 Ba1 Nb4 22 0-0 Nxa2
when Black regains the p�wn with a good game, while in the case of 20 Rxc6
Qb4+ 21 Kd1 Qa4+ 22 Rc2 Qxa2, White's king is a problem.
20 ... c5 21 Bc3 Nxc3 22 bxc3 Qxe5 23 Rfd 1 Rxdl+ 24 Qxd1 f5 25 c4 fxg4
26 hxg4 Kh8 2 7 Qe2 h5 '12-'12
69
Starting Out: Slav a n d Semi-Slav
Diagra m 6
Black plays 4 . . . Bf5
The most common way for Black to meet 4 e3 is with 4 ... Bf5. There are then
three principal approaches for White, each with its own characteristics:
1 . Simplifying by exchanging bishops with Bfl- d3;
2. Trying to press on the queenside with c4xd5 followed by Qd1-b3;
3 . Harassing the bishop with Nf3-h4.
5 Nc3
White intends to follow up with Nh4, but let's first have a look at how play
may develop if White's tries the other two approaches.
a) 5 Bd3 is rather tame, as the early exchange of light-squared bishops eases
Black's development, e.g. 5 . . . Bxd3 (if Black prefers to keep more tension he
could try 5 . . . Bg6!? when a continuation such as 6 0-0 e6 7 Nc3 Nbd7 8 b3 Bd6
9 Bb2 Ne4 10 Qc2 f5, G.Tunik- E. Bareev, Russian Championship 1995, creates
chances for both sides) 6 Qxd3 e6 7 0-0 Nbd7 8 Nc3 Be7 (I quite like 8 .. � Bb4!?
as a dynamic try to play for more than dull equality, e.g. 9 Bd2 a5 10 a3 Be7
11 e4 Nc5! and Black was already slightly better, P.Lafuente-A.Wojtkiewicz,
Buenos Aires 2003) 9 e4 dxe4 10 Nxe4 Nxe4 1 1 Qoce4 0-0 12 Bf4, when the
simplified position is about equal. White's extra space is of no real practical
benefit against such a solid set-up.
b) 5 cxd5 cxd5 6 Qb3 (as Black has undertaken the early development of his
bishop, White puts pressure on b7) 6 . . . Qc7 7 Bd2 (7 Nc3 e6 8 Bd2 Nc6 9 Bb5
Bd6 10 Rc1 Rb8!? 1 1 Nh4 Be4 left play rather unclear, M.Gurevich-V.Anand,
Reggio Emilia 1991192) 7 . . . Nc6 8 Bb5 e6 9 Bb4 (Diagram 7)
70
The Quiet 4 e3
Diagram 7 Diagram 8
Exchanging bishops Black is solid
White hopes to exchange off his 'inferior bishop' and then obtain a nagging
edge. But Black can play the following ending with little cause for concern, e.g.
9 . . Bxb4+ 10 Qxb4 Qe7 1 1 Bxc6+ bxc6 12 Qxe7+ Kxe7 1 3 Nc3 Nd7 14 Na4
.
Rhc8 15 Rc1 Be4 16 Ng5 Bg6 17 Kd2 Kd6 18 Rc3 e5 with equal chances, as
pointed out by Khenkin.
5 ... e6 6 Nh4
Harassing the bishop on f5 is perhaps the most critical plan, but Black has
several ways to equality.
6 ... Be41?
I like this move, getting White to play the following double-edged reply.
The natural alternative 6 . . . Bg6 is straightforward, when after the typical 7
Nxg6 hxg6 8 g3 Nbd 7 9 Qd3, Black can fight for space and influence with
9 . dxc4 10 Qxc4 e5.
. .
7 f3
Pushing back the bishop but creating §Orne looseness on the b8-h2 diagonal.
7 ... Bg6 8 Qb3 Qb6 9 Nxg6 hxg6 10 Bd2 Nbd7 1 1 0-0-0 Qxb3 ' 12 axb3 Bd6
13 h3 Nh5 (Diagram 8)
V.Kramnik-A.Shirov, Astana 2001 . White has the bishop pair but Black has a
very solid position. Chances are equal.
Theoretical?
No. Early play relies on logical development rather than memory testing.
Statistics
A grand total of 3052 games shows that 4. ..Bf5 has been extensively played
71
Starting Out: Slav a n d Semi-Slav
over the years. Overall Black manages an average 46%, but 5 Nc3 e6 6 Nh4
has recently come to the fore in the last five years, against which Black has
struggled. For instance, 6 . . . Bg6 scores only 39% and 6 . . . Be4 7 f3 Bg6 a slightly
better 43%. The strongest grandmasters (Dreev, M.Gurevich, Shirov etc.),
however, seem to handle Black's game well and obtain better than 50%, It
seems to me that for the top echelon 4 e3 doesn't give anything for White, but
lesser players struggle in lines such as this one where there isn't always an
obvious plan for Black.
Game 22
0 P.Lafuente • A.Wojtkiewicz
Pan American Championship, Buenos Aires 2003
1 d4 d5 2 c4 c6 3 e3 Bf5 4 Nc3 e6 5 Nf3 Nd7 6 Bd3
A solid line. One of those where White would like to play for a win 'without
risk'. Believe me though, there is always a risk of something going wrong!
6 ... Bxd3 7 Qxd3 Ngf6 8 0-0 Bb4!? 9 Bd2 a5 10 a3 Be7 11 e4?! (Diagram 9)
It's better to complete development with 1 1 Rad l .
Diagram 9 Diagram 10
Black to play Black's majority i s healthier
11. . .Nc5!
A nice trap to obtain the advantage.
12 dxc5 dxe4 13 Qxd8+ Rxd8 . .
72
The Quiet 4 e3
have clear pawn majorities. Black's structure (as usual in this line) is very
solid whereas, in comparison, White has some holes around his queenside
which makes his majority hard to get going.
·�
TIP: Once a tactical flurry has calmed down, if you have the
time, take a few minutes to switch back into positional mode.
18 Rad1
18 b4 comes into consideration, but the a-pawn is then backward.
18 ... Ke7 19 Rd2 Rhd8 20 Rfd1 Rxd2 21 Rxd2 f6 22 Kf1 e5 23 Ke2 Nb3 24
Rd1 Ra4! (Diagram 10)
The c-pawn becomes a serious matter for concern.
25 Kd3 Nc5+ 26 Kc3 Ne4+ 27 Kb3 Ra8 28 Rfl
For now Lafuente holds onto his pawns, but loses the fight for the d-file.
28 ... Rd8 29 Kc2 g5! 30 h3 h5
The threat of ... g5-g4 followed by invading on d2 is becoming dangerous.
31 Kc1
After 31 g4 Ke6 White is close to being in zugzwang.
3 1...Ke6 32 Ng1 Rd4 3 3 Ne2 Rxc4+ 34 Kd1 Rc5 35 f3 Nd6 36 Rf2 Nc4 37
Ng3 Rd5+ 38 Kc1 Ne3
White isn't only a pawn down, he's still under just as much pressure.
39 Kb1 Rdl+ 40 Ka2 Rg1 4 1 Ne4 Rxg2 42 Nc5+ Kd5 43 Rxg2 Nxg2 44
Nxb7 Ne1 45 a4 Nxf3 46 a5 Nd4 0-1
Black stops the a-pawn and then his flood of kingside pawns rush forward.
Game 23
D V.Salov • E.Bareev
Dortmund 1 992
1 d4 d5 2 c4 c6 3 Nf3 Nf6 4 e3 Bf5 5 cxd5 cxd5
This version of an 'exchange variation' leaves White's queen's bishop inside the
pawn chain, but he has an idea to solve that problem.
6 Qb3 Qc7 7 Bd2 e6 8 Bb5+ Nc6 9 Bb4 (Diagram 1 1)
White exchanges off his potentially 'bad' bishop and hopes that Black's minor
pieces will be inferior to his own in the following simplified position.
9 ... Bxb4+
Similar, but slightly more precise, is 9 . . . Bd6 10 Qa3 Ke7! 11 Bxc6 bxc6 12 Nc3
Nd7 1 3 Rc1 Rab8 14 Bxd6+ Qxd6 1 5 Qxd6+ Kxd6, S.Mohr-G.Hertneck,
Bundesliga 1992. The king is of course well placed on d6.
10 Qxb4 Qe7
Another way to a good game starts with 10 ... Nd7!, e.g. 1 1 Bxc6 (11 Qa3 Nxd4!
12 exd4 Qcl + isn't totally clear, but Black wins material and White's attack
73
Starting Out: Slav a n d Semi-Slav
isn't worth more than a draw) ll ... Qxc6 12 Nc3 a5 (to resolve the problem of
the a3-f8 diagonal) 13 Qb5 (13 Qa3 is well met by 13 . . . b5) 13 . . . Qxb5 14 Nxb5
Ke7 15 Kd2 Rhc8, and a draw was agreed in E . Solozhenkin-V.Bagirov, Jy
vaskyla 1991.
Diagram 11 Diagram 12
Exchanging bishops Controlling c5
74
The Qu iet 4 e3
Diagram 13 Diagram 14
P rovoking f2-f3 A dynamic approach
Shirov provokes his opponent to play f2-f3 before retreating. It's a moot point
whether this is a plus for Black, as the pawn on f3 may become useful to sup
.
port e3-e4, but it does loosen White's kingside structure somewhat, particu
larly along the b8-h2 diagonal.
0
NOTE: Pawn moves should be considered very carefu l ly. They
can never be retracted!
There are some subtle differences between all three bishop moves, but the
other two should also lead to equal chances; for instance:
a) 6 . . . Bg6 7 Nxg6 hxg6 8 g3 Nbd7 9 Qd3 dxc4 10 Qxc4 e5 1 1 Bg2 Nb6 12 Qe2
exd4 1 3 exd4+ Be7, A.Karpov-E .Bareev, Cannes 2002;
b) 6 . . . Bg4 7 Qb3 Qb6 8 h3 Bh5 9 g4 Bg6 10 Nxg6 hxg6 11 g5 Nfd7 12 e4 dxe4
75
Starting O u t : Slav a n d Semi-Slav
Diagram 15 Diagram 16
A double-edged position Is Black in trouble?
76
The Qu iet 4 e3
21 dxe5?
Tkachiev is in too much of a hurry to exchange queens.
Instead 21 h4! is critical with double-edged play. Black should then reply
2 l . . .Rdc8! (the alternatives 2 l . . .cxd4 22 Bxd4 Qxc2+ 23 Kxc2 Rac8+ 24 Kbl,
a�d 2 l . . .Rac8 22 d5! exd5 23 exd5 c4 24 b4 Bf6 25 Bxf6 gxf6 26 h5 Qd6 27
hxg6 Qxb4+ 28 Kal Qb2+ 29 Qxb2 axb2+ 30 Kxb2 fxg6 3 1 d6, yield an edge to
White) 22 Qd2 c4 23 b4 Na4, with chances for both sides.
21...Qxe5 22 Be5 Qb5!
Retaining the queens renders White's queenside somewhat shaky.
23 Rxd8+ Rxd8 24 Rel Re8 25 Qdl Rxel+ 26 Kxel Nd7 27 Bal Ne5
White has both the worse king and a number of soft spots in his camp.
28 Bf3?
28 Kb l is better, just keeping things as safe as possible.
28 ... Qe6 29 Kbl Nxe4 30 Qd4 (Diagram 16) 30 ... Nd2+!
Tkachiev must have overlooked this resource and now finds himself a pawn
down.
31 Qxd2 Qxf3 32 Be5 f6 33 Be3 Be5 34 Ke2 Bgl 35 b4 Qd5
When a pawn up, look for opportunities to exchange pieces.
36 Qxd5 exd5 37 h3 Bf2 38 g4 f5
Fixing White's f4-pawn on a dark square.
39 Kb3 d4 40 Bd2 Kf7 41 Ke2
Here 41 Kxa3 allows 4 l ...Be3.
41...Ke6 42 Kd3 Kd5 43 Bel Bg3 44 Bxa3
Otherwise after 44 gxf5 gxf5 45 Bd2, Black can win with 45 . . . Bf2 46 Bel Be3
4 7 Bxe3 dxe3 48 Kxe3 Kc4 49 h4 b5 50 h5 Kc3.
44 ...Bxf4 45 Bb2 Be5 46 Bel f4 4 7 Bd2 f3 48 a4 Bg3 49 a5 f2 50 Ke2 Ke4
51 Kfl d3 52 Kg2 Bd6 53 b5 Kxb5 54 Kxf2 Bb4 55 Bf4 Bxa5 56 Ke3 Ke4
57 Be5 0-1
Black has 57 . . . Bc3 followed by the advance of the b-pawn.
Su mmary
The quiet approach with 4 e3 tests Black's general positional understanding
rather than his theoretical knowledge.
Black should be able to achieve equal chances even against the most critical
move 6 Nh4. It's necessary for Black to be ready to adapt to White's choice of
approach, as 5 cxd5, 5 Bd3 and 5 Nc3 e6 6 Nh4 are all rather different.
77
Chapter Five
T h e Exc h a n g e Va r i at i o n
- Introd u ction
Introduction
The Slav Defence has a good reputation, but one of the reasons that some
players don't want to play it is the Exchange Variation. Virtually all openings ,
have their notoriously dull lines, but if you are motivated and armed with one
or two ideas you can get interesting games and winning chances. Remember
that, although the pawn structure is symmetrical, there are nevertheless 30
bits of wood left on the chessboard and with so many pieces a lot can happen.
1 d4 d5 2 c4 c6 3 cxd5 cxd5 (Diagram 1)
Diagram 1
The Exchange Variation
79
Starting Out: Slav a n d Semi-Slav
Diagram 2 Diagram 3
Breaking the symmetry Black has good chances
7 e3
The most testing is 7 Ne5, as in the two illustrative games that follow.
a) 7 . . .Bf5?! is less good here, e.g. 8 e3 e6 9 g4! Bg6 10 h4! , with the initiative
R.Schlindwein-G.Beikert, Viernheim 1995.
b) 7 ... e6 (solid but not very ambitious) 8 e3 Nxe5 9 Bxe5 Be7 10 Bd3 Bd7 11 0-
0 0-0 12 Qb3 Bc6 (although the bishop is inside the pawn chain this seems to
be a useful square) 13 Rfcl Ng4 14 Bg3 Bh4 and Black has equalised,
D.Zagorskis-M.Gurevich, Bonn 1996.
7 Bg4
...
Look how things go wrong for White in the following game. 9 0-0 (it's probably
better to force a decision from Black's bishop before castling) 9 . . . Bd6 10 h3
Bh5 !? (keeping the tension; does White want to risk g2-g4?) 11 Bxd6 Qxd6 12
Rcl 0-0 13 a3 (13 Be2 is safest, but even so after 1 3 ... Rac8 14 Ne1 Bxe2 1 5
Qxe2 Nd7 16 Nd3 Nb4 Black had a t least equality, R.Hiibner-Kr.Georgiev,
Bundesliga 1995) 13 . . . Rac8 14 Na4 Ne4! 15 Re1 Na5 16 g4 (risky) 16 . . . Bg6 1 7
80
The Exch an ge Var iation
Ne5 Nxf2 ! 18 Kxf2 Rxc1 19 Qxc1 Bxd3 20 Nxd3 Qh2+ 2 1 Kf1 Nb3 (threatening
the queen and . . . Nd2+) 22 Nf2 Nxc1 23 Rxc1 f5 24 g5 f4 0- 1 Aamchamp
T.Luther, Internet (blitz) 2003. Yes I know that it was only a blitz game, but
the pin shouldn't be underestimated! .
Instead 9 Qb3!? Bxf3 10 gxf3 (10 Qxb7 loses material after 10 ... Na5) 10 ... Na5
1 1 Qc2 Be7 12 Rg1 g6 1 3 Ke2 b5 14 Rac1 ReS 15 Qb 1 Nc4, was adequate for
Black in A.Yusupov-A.Shirov, Bundesliga 1993.
9 Bh5
...
81
Starting Out: Slav and Semi-Slav
Game 25
D A.Wojtkiewicz • A.Shirov
Manila Olympiad 1 992
1 Nf3 d5 2 d4 c6 3 c4 Nf6 4 cxd5 cxd5 5 Nc3 Nc6 6 Bf4 a6 7 Ne5!?
The most testing. Instead after 7 e3 Bg4 Black seems to be well on the way to
equality.
7 ... Qb6!? 8 Nxc6 bxc6 9 Qd2 Bf5 10 f3! e6 1 1 e3?!
Shirov prefers 1 1 Rc1 ! (see the introductory notes).
1 1...Nd7 12 Rc1 Be7 13 Be2 0-0 14 0-0 Rfc8 15 a3 (Diagram 4)
Diagram 4 Diagram 5
Black aims for . . . c6-c5 Threateningto come to b3
1 5 ... Qb7
Black prepares to play the freeing move . . . c6-c5.
Shirov preferred to avoid the immediate 15 . . . c5, as he then prefers White after
1 6 e4! Bg6 (better than 16 . . . dxe4 17 fxe4 Bg6 18 d5, and 16 . . . cxd4 1 7 Na4) 1 7
exd5, but this looks about equal to m e after 1 7 . . . cxd4 1 8 Na4 Qb3 19 dxe6
Qxe6.
16 Na4
Rather negative and not even holding Black's play back. 16 e4 Bg6 17 Rfdl
would be better, with balanced chances.
16 ... c5 17 dxc5 Bxc5!? 18 Nxc5 Nxc5 (Diagram 5) 19 Qb4?!
Exchanging queens and hoping that opposite-coloured bishops will lead to a
draw. However, this weakens the queenside maj ority unnecessarily. I suggest
instead 19 b4 Nb3 20 Rxc8+ Rxc8 21 Qb2 Rc2 22 Qxb3 Rxe2 23 Rc1 with a
balanced position.
82
The Exc hange Variation
Diagra m 6 Diagram 7
Should Black take on b2? W h ite gets the b-file
83
Starting Out: Slav and Semi-Slav
84
The Exchange Variation
Diagram B .· Diagram 9
A useful waiting move · Black is comfortable
11 Qc7 Qxc7 12 Bxc7 Bb4, and Black had enough play for the pawn,
Z.Azmaiparashv'ili-V.Akopian, Wijk aan Zee 1 993.
The only other serious option is 7 Rcl . This time 7 . . .Bg4 is called for, e.g. 8
Qb3 Na5 9 Qa4+ b5 and then:
a) The ambitious 10 Nxb5? fails dismally as after 10 . . . axb5 1 1 Bxb5+ Black
can bring his bishop back: 1 1.. .Bd7 12 Bc7 Bxb5 13 Qxb5+ Qd7 and White is
seriously short of compensation. The idea of sacrificing on b5 becomes more
dangerous after Black's light-squared bishop is locked out of the pawn chain
once . . . e7-e6 has been played. In that case the move . . . b7-b5 requires serious
reflection.
b) 10 Qc2 e6 1 1 Bd3 Bd6 12 Nge2 Bxe2 (this exchange is typical with such a
solid pawn structure, where knights are not inferior to bishops if they have
interesting squares to go to; here Black has c4 for instance) 13 Nxe2 Bb4+ 14
Nc3 0-0 15 0·0 ReB with balanced chances, Z.Azmaiparashvili-E.Bareev, Rus
sia vs. Rest ofthe World (rapid) 2002.
7 Bg4 8 Nge2
...
Although 8 f3 is tempting, it's pushing the bishop where it wants to go, e.g.
8 . Bh5 9 Nge2 e6 10 0-0 Be7 11 Rc l 0-0 12 Na4 Nd7 1 3 a3 Bg6 (neutralising
. .
85
Starting Out: Slav a n d Semi-Slav
White's best bishop) 14 b4 ReS 15 Nc5 Nxc5 16 bxc5 Qa5 17 Bxg6 hxg6 lS Qb3
e5, P.Van der Sterren-A.Shirov, Bundesliga 2000.
S ... e6 9 Qb3
Or here 9 0-0 Be7 10 Rcl ReS 1 1 a3 Nd7 12 Rc2 Bh5, as in A.Vaisser
M.Gurevich, Andorra 199S. 12 . . . Bh5 is notable: a careful move where the
bishop drops back voluntarily to be able to come to g6 at leisure.
9 ... Nb4
I suppose that 9 . . . Na5 10 Qa4+ Nc6 is solid enough, but it's not such a great
idea if you want to try and win as Black! Z.Azmaiparashvili-E.Bacrot, Cap
d'Agde 2003, then continued 11 Rcl Be7 12 Ng3 Bh5 with no particular prob
lems for Black.
10 Bb1 Bxe2 1 1 Nxe2
After 1 1 Kxe2, Black could try l l . . .b5!?. Instead Z.Azmaiparashvili-E.Bareev,
Montecatini Terme 2000, continued with 1 1 . . . Bd6 (see Game 2S).
1 1 ...Qd7 12 0-0 ReS (Diagram 9)
with a comfortable position.
Theoretical?
Not really; it's more important to concentrate on sensible development and
watch the move order.
Statistics
The position after S Nge2 scores a below average 51% for White.
Game 27
D S.Halkias • I.Sokolov
Bled Olympiad 2002
1 d4 d5 2 e4 e6 3 exd5 exd5 4 Ne3 Nf6 5 Bf4 Ne6 6 e3 a6 7 Bd3
Stopping the bishop going to f5, so the bishop heads for g4.
7 ... Bg4 S f3 Bh5 9 Nge2 e6 10 0-0 Be7 11 Re1 0-0 12 Bg3 ReS 13 Nf4 Bg6
14 Na4
After completing development White tries to press on to c5 and b6. Black
naturally covers these squares to make it hard for White to make progress.
14 ... Nd7 15 Bxg6 hxg6 16 Nd3 Nb4
Exchanging one pair of knights limits White's optiQns.
17 Nxb4 Bxb4 18 a3 Be7 19 Qd2 Re4! (Diagram 10)
A slightly annoying move (for White!) that threatens to take the initiative.
20 b4 QaS 21 Nb2 Rxe1 22 Rxe1 ReS 23 Be7?!
The idea is to stop ... a6-a5 softening up the queenside.
23 ... a5!
86
The Exchange Variation
Diagram 1 0 Diagram 11
for the initiative
Fighting W h ite is pinned down
A surprise! Black generates play with this move anyway. By provoking b2-b4
on move 19 Black has created some soft spots that he starts to probe in ear
nest .
. �
TIP: It's often a great psychological blow if you can play a
move that your opponent is hell bent on stopping.
24 Nd3
Capturing the a-pawn isn't on: 24 bxa5?! Bxa3 is awkward for White, whereas
24 Bxa5? b6 is downright bad!
24 ...axb4 25 axb4 Qa4 26 h3 Qb5 27 Kf2
Just temporising.
27 ... Ra8 28 Qc3 ReS 29 Qa3 Nf6 30 Ke2?! (Diagram 11)
Correct is 30 Rc3, which would keep Black's initiative in check.
30 ... Bxb4!
A clever way to win a pawn. Halkias is finally punished for occupying the
strange c7 -square with his bishop.
31 Qxb4 Qxb4 32 Nxb4 Ne8 33 Ral Rxc7 34 Ra8 Kf8 35 Rb8
White is somewhat tangled up though not yet lost. Sokolov now demonstrates
excellent technique in reorganising his pieces and making the extra pawn tell.
35 ... g5 36 e4
Halkias could have considered 36 Kd3, and after 36 ... Ke7, only then 37 e4.
36...dxe4 3 7 fxe4 Rc4 3 8 Rxb7 Rxd4 3 9 Kf3 Rc4 40 e5
All the pawns are on the same wing. Despite that, slowly but surely Black im
proves his pieces and winning chances.
87
Starting Out: Slav a n d Semi-Slav
40 ... Nc7 41 Rb6 Rf4+ 42 Kg3 g6 43 Nd3 Rd4 44 Rb3 Kg7 45 Kf3 Nd5 46
Kf2 g4
The doubled pawn is exchanged leaving White with a second isolated pawn.
47 hxg4 Rxg4 48 Kf3 Rd4 49 g3 Ne7 50 Ra3 Nc6 51 Ke3 Rd5 52 Ke4 g5 53
Rc3 Nxe5!
A neat combination that clarifies the result once and for all.
54 Nxe5 f5+ 55 Kf3 Rxe5 56 ReS Ra5 57 Rc6 Kf6 58 Rb6 Ra2 59 Ke3 g4
0-1
Game 28
D Z.Azmaiparashvili • E.Bareev
Montecatini Terme 2000
1 d4 d5 2 c4 c6 3 Nc3 Nf6 4 cxd5 cxd5 5 Bf4 Nc6 6 e3 a6 7 Bd3 Bg4 8
Nge2 e6 9 Qb3 Nb4 10 Bbl Bxe2 (Diagram 12)
Diagra m 12 Diagram 13
Trading o ff the bishop Black attacks
88
The Exchange Vari ati on
bishop on b l locks in the queen's rook and thus leaves White disorganised.
17 Qxb6 Rb8 18 Qc5 Qd7 19 Rc1 Rfc8 20 Qa3 e5! (Diagram 13)
Bareev goes for the attack. White's king is poorly defended and his queen is
out of touch on the queenside.
21 dxe5 Ne4 22 Kfl Nb4
Black has great play, but the deficit is two pawns. Does he have enough?
23 Re 1 Nd2+ 24 Kg1 Qg4
Creating further threats. Alternatively, White has enough pawns for the ex
change after 24 . . . Nxb l 25 Raxb l Nc2 26 Qxa6.
25 Nf2
Or if 25 Nxb4, then after 25 . . .Nf3+ 26 Kfl Nxel 27 Bxh7+ Kxh7 28 Rxel Kh8!
Black has the safer king. With that in mind he still has the better game due to
his attacking chances.
25 ...Nf3+ 26 Kfl Nd2+ 27 Kg1 Nf3+ 28 Kfl Nxh2+ 29 Kg1 Nf3+ 30 Kfl
Y,.-Y,.
If Bareev had had more time he would surely have played on with 30 . . . Nd2+
32 Kgl Qg3 with strong pressure.
Su mmary
The plan with ... a7-a6 is perfectly viable and adds a little spice to the game.
Black has good results with this line.
89
Chapter Six
T h e C h a m e l e o n S l av : 4 . . . a6
R Introduction
R White Plays 5 e3
R White Plays 5 c5
R White Plays 5 a4
The Cha meleon Slav: 4 . . . a6
Introduction
Older books hardly cover this idea at all, as it only started to hit the scene 1 5
years ago, and the developments continue a t a rapid rate.
The big idea for Black is to be flexible. The move ... a7-a6 invests a tempo on a
modest pawn move instead of spending the time on routine development. Why
is that? First of all the immediate threat to capture the c-pawn and then hold
onto it with . . . b7-b5 gives White something to think about. Gambiting the c
pawn has been shown to be risky so the main tendency is to handle the game
positionally by meeting this threat. Once White has shown which way he in
tends to proceed Black will organise his development accordingly.
Some of the lines are positional and general understanding will do, whereas
the sharper stuff would require some book knowledge. The most popular re
plies for White are: 5 e3 (defending the c4-pawn), 5 c5 (moving the c-pawn out
of danger and gaining space at the same time) and 5 a4 (which renders
. . . d5xc4 less attractive and has a cramping effect).
For Black, it's not yet clear how he will develop his queen's bishop. He may
simply play . . . e7 -e6, as in a Semi-Slav, or aim for . . . Bf5 or . . . Bg4 as in a Slav. A
typical theme in some lines is for Black to play . . .b7-b5 gaining space on the
queenside. This system has been aptly called the Chameleon in some quarters
because of this ability to change its aspect so rapidly.
1 d4 d5 2 c4 c6 3 Nf3 Nf6 4 Nc3 a6
This move enables Black to play .. .b 7-b5. Indeed the threat of ... d5xc4 followed
by . . .b7-b5 requires White to pay immediate attention.
White plays 5 e3
.Diagram 1 Diagram 2
White plays 5 e3 Challenging the e5-knight
91
Starti n g Out: S l av a n d Semi-Slav
5 e3 (Diagram 1)
Black's 4 . . . a6 is met with a fairly cautious reaction by White. The c4-pawn is
now defended by the king's bishop, though its compatriot on c 1 will have to
remain inside the pawn chain for now.
Black now takes the opportunity to gain some queenside space before getting
his bishop into action.
5 ... b5 6 b3
White can try to take the tension out of the central pawns with 6 cxd5 cxd5,
and then use his slight lead in development to get things going on the kingside
with 7 Ne5 e6 8 Bd3 Bb7 9 0-0 Nbd7 10 f4 (consolidating e5 but weakening e4)
10 . . . Be7 1 1 Bd2 0-0 12 Qf3, but Black has adequate play after 12 . . . b4! 13 Na4
Ne4, A.Karpov-V.Hort, Biel 1990.
6 ... Bg4 7 Be2
After 7 h3 Bxf3, White does best to recapture with the pawn as 8 Q:xf3?! e5l 9
dxe5 Bb4 10 Bd2 Bxc3 1 1 Bxc3 Ne4 12 Bb4 bxc4 1 3 bxc4 Qb6 gives Black ex
cellent chances. Then 8 gxf3 Nbd7 9 Bb2 !? (9 f4 is discussed in Game 3 1)
9 . . . dxc4 10 bxc4 e5 1 1 cxb5 axb5 12 dxe5 Nxe5 1 3 f4 was tried in E.Bareev
I. Sokolov, Sarajevo 2003, when 13 . . . Qxd1 + 14 Kxd1 Ned7 was later pointed
out by I. Sokolov as the way to equalise.
7 ... e6 8 0-0 Nbd7 9 h3 Bh5 10 Bb2 Bd6
The best square as 10 . . . Be7 has been shown to be a shade too passive.
11 Ne5 Bxe2 12 Nxe2 Qc7 13 cxd5 cxd5 14 Rei Qb8 (Diagram 2)
If 14 . . . Qb7?! , then 15 Qc2 followed by invading on the c-file is unpleasant.
By putting the queen on b8, Black forces White to make a decision about the
knight on e5.
Theoretical?
Although the Slav with ... a7-a6 has onlyrecently become popular, some lines
have already been well investigated. The main line can be considered to be 5
e3, which is becoming more and more theoretical these days.
Statistics
Of 1568 games played following 5 e3, almost all were played in the last 1 5
years and its popularity i s still increasing. White has achieved 55% overall,
but in the key main line (5 . . . b5 6 b3 Bg4 7 Be2 e6 8 h3 Bh5 9 0-0 Nbd7 10 Bb2
Bd6) an even better 59%, with draws as high as 60%.
Game 29
D I.Morovic Fernandez • R.Leitao
Santos 2004
1 d4 d5 2 c4 c6 3 Nc3 Nf6 4 e3 a6 5 Nf3 b5 6 b3 Bg4 7 Be2 e6 8 0-0 Nbd7 9
h3 Bh5 10 Bb2 Bd6 11 Ne5 Bxe2 12 Nxe2 Qc7 1 3 cxd5 cxd5 14 Rc1 Qb8
92
The C hameleon S l av : 4 . . . a6
15 Nxd7 (Diagram 3)
Diagram 3 Diagram 4
How to recapture? Blasting open the centre
93
Starti n g O u t : Slav and Semi-Slav
Only this move is new! Instead 24 . . . Be5 25 h4 Bh2+ 26 Kh1 Qf4 27 Qh5 Nh7
28 Bd4 left Black on the brink of defeat in P.Acs-S.Movsesian, FIDE World
Championship, Tripoli 2004.
25 Kh1 Be5 26 h4 Bxf6 27 Rxf6 Qc8 28 Qg3 Qb8 29 Qg4 'h-'h
This game illustrates the state of play in the key variation after 5 e3, which
shows just how theoretical it's become.
Game 30
D E.Mochalov • S.Berezjuk
Belarus Championship, Minsk 1 993
1 d4 d5 2 c4 c6 3 e3 Nf6 4 Nc3 a6 5 Nf3 b5 6 b3 Bg4 7 Be2 Nbd7 8 h3 Bh5
9 0-0 e6 10 Bb2 Be7 (Diagram 5)
Diagram 5 Diagram 6
Black plays passively The moment of truth
Too passive, whereas the bishop placed on the more dynamic d6 (see the previ
ous game) helps cover the e5-square.
11 Ne5 Bxe2 12 Qxe2!?
This recapture enhances White's chances of obtaining an attack. If the bishop
were on d6 then this active move wouldn't be possible and White would have
to recapture with the knight, as in Game 29. Of course 12 Nxe2 is still possible
here, e.g. 12 . . . Nxe5 13 dxe5 Nd7 14 cxd5 cxd5 15 Rc 1 ReS 16 Nd4 Bc5 17 f4 0-0
18 Qg4 with pressure for White, A.Dreev-Zhu Chen, Dubai (rapid) 2002.
· .
94
The Chameleon Slav: 4 . . a6
.
17 Qxg7 0-0-0 is almost certainly good for White, but allowing Black counter
play down the g-file would give him some practical chances.
17 ... 0-0 (Diagram 6)
White now finds a way to break through.
18 Nxd5! exd5 19 Rxd5 Rfd8
Nor does 19 . .£5 solve Black's problems, e.g. 20 exf6 Nxf6 21 Bxf6 Qxf6 22
.
Rcxc5 Qxf2+ 23 Kh2 Qxe3, when material is equal but White's attack isn't
over yet: 24 Rc7 g6 25 Rxh7! and White wins.
20 e6! fxe6 21 Bxg7! Qxg7 22 Rg5
Black's king is now too open to resist for long.
22 ...Bf8 23 Qxe6+ Kh8 24 Rxg7 Bxg7 25 Rc7 Nf6 26 g4 h6 27 h4 Rd1 + 28
Kg2 Rd2 29 Rxg7! Kxg7 30 Qe7+ Kg8
Or here 30 . . . Kg6 loses the knight under worse circumstances after 3 1 h5+ Kg5
32 Qg7+ Kh4 33 Qxf6+.
31 Qxf6 Rf8 32 Qg6+ Kh8 33 Qxh6+ Kg8 34 Qg6+ Kh8 35 Kg3 Rdxf2 36
Qh6+ Kg8 37 Qg5+ Kh7 38 Qh5+ Kg8 39 Qg6+ Kh8 40 Qh5+ Kg8 41 Qd5+
Kh8 42 h5 Rxa2 43 Qe5+ 1-0
43 . . . Kg8 44 h6 Rf7 (or 44 . . . Kf7 45 h7) 45 Qe8+ and Black loses at least a rook.
Game 31
D F.Vallejo Pons • I.Sokolov
Mainz 2003
1 Nf3 d5 2 d4 Nf6 3 c4 c6 4 Nc3 a6 5 e3 b5 6 b3 Bg4 7 h3 Bxf3 8 gxf3
Nbd7 9 f4 (Diagram 7)
Diagram 7
Diagram 8
Black holds firm
White stops . . . e7-e5
The most popular move, cutting out the freeing ... e7 -e5.
95
Starti n g Out: Slav and Sem i-Slav
9 ... e6
Black �an also open the game (despite his opponent's bishops!) with 9 ... bxc4 10
bxc4 dxc4 11 Bxc4 e6 12 Bd2. This was P.Van der Sterren-A.Shirov, Biel 1 993,
when I suggest 12 ... Nb6! 13 Be2 c5 to obtain full equality. White has the bish
ops but Black will obtain reasonable development and the better structure.
10 c5 Ne4!?
A double-edged way of trying to get some activity. Instead 10 . . . g6 11 Bb2 Bg7
12 Qc2 NgS! 13 Bd3 Ne7 is another approach, where Black basically tries to
keep everything blocked up and defies White to take risks to break through.
Not everyone wants to just wait and hope nothing horrible will happen, so the
text is more interesting!
1 1 Nxe4 dxe4 12 Bg2 f5 13 f3 N£6!?
A previous encounter between the same two players continued 13 . . . exf3 14
Bxf3 ReS 15 Qe2 Nf6 16 Bd2 Nd5 17 e4 leading to wild complications,
F.Vallejo Pons-I. Sokolov, Selfoss 2003.
14 fxe4 fxe4 15 Qc2 Qd5 (Diagram 8)
White has the bishop pair, but Black's queen on the central d5 outpost holds
the fort.
16 a4 b4 17 Bd2 g5?!
A lot more fun than the routine 17 . . . a5, but not as sound.
18 Rfl Rg8 19 fxg5 Rxg5 20 Bxb4
White finally gets to take this pawn. However, in such a complex position
piece activity and king safety are more important than the odd pawn or two.
20 ... Be7 21 Ba5?
The exchange sacrifice 21 Rxf6! Bxf6 22 Bxe4 is more to the point, taking con
trol of the central arena, as after 22 . . . Qd 7 23 0-0-0 White must be better: his
king is safer and his light square domination is worth more than the exchange.
2 1 . .. Rg3 22 0-0-0 Rxe3 23 Kb2 Rb8 24 Bb6 Kd7 25 Ka2 Rg8 26 Rb 1
26 Rfe1? loses to 26 . . . Rxg2 ! .
26 ... Rgg3 27 Rfc1
If 27 Rfd1, then 27 . . . Rc3 is very awkward.
27 ... Qxd4 28 Bfl Nd5
White's efforts to protect the neighbourhood of his king has led to Black taking
control of the rest of the board.
29 Ba5 B£6 30 Bc4 Ref3 31 Rfl
31 Rd1 would lose more slowly but j ust as surely after 3 1 . . .Qxc5.
3 1...Ne3 32 Rxf3 Nxc2 33 Rxg3 Qf2
Moving in for the kill.
34 Rfl Nb4+ 35 Ka3 Bb2+ 36 Kxb4 Qd2+ 0-1
96
The Chameleon S l av: 4 a6
. . .
White plays 5 cS
1 d4 d5 2 c4 c6 3 Nf3 Nf6 4 Nc3 a6 5 c5 (Diagram 9)
Diagram 9 Diagram 10
White plays 5 c5 Black i s OK
White gains space, cuts out . . . d5xc4 and hopes to make . . . b7-b5 less attractive.
Against this Black should prepare his retaliation with a timely ... e7-e5, ... b7-
b6 or a combination of both.
5 ... Nbd7
Solid development with 5 .. . Bf5 is also respectable, but I prefer the more dy
namic text move.
6 Bf4
Otherwise . . . e7-e5 comes very quickly.
6 ...Nh5
Hitting the bishop before White can secure its place on the b8-h2 diagonal
with h2-h3 .
7 e3
Following 7 Bd2, Black most often retreats with 7 . . . Nhf6 (for those with posi
tive intentions the best way to avoid a repetition is 7 . . . g6).
If, however, 7 Bg5 h6 8 Bd2, Black has to take into account the slight loosen
ing of his pawn structure, e.g. one of the points of provoking . . . h7-h6 can be
seen after 8 . . . Nhf6 9 Qc2 e5?! 10 dxe5 Ng4 11 e6! and the weakness of the g6-
square leads to some difficulties for Black.
Instead of 8 ... Nhf6, I suggest 8 . .. Qc7!? 9 e4 dxe4 10 Nxe4 Ndf6 11 Nc3 Be6 12
Ne5 Rd8 and, although White has more space, Black has an excellent square
on d5 to help keep his defences firm.
97
Starting Out: S l av a n d Semi-Slav
1 4 Kg2 c5!
S.Halkias-S.Volkov, Panormo (rapid) 2002 ..
Strategy
White's space advantage can be used for play on tust about any front. Black
needs to hit back with either . . . e7-e5 or . . .b7-b6 before White can consolidate.
Theoretical?
'
The large number of games being played with 5 c5 is starting to make it that
way, despite it being a largely positional choice.
Statistics
With 5 c5 White has scored 57% which is fairly good, but it's a dangerous
weapon in the hands of some top grandmasters, who have scored more heavily
with White. Many of the 906 games were played in recent years, as 5 c5 only
really came to be used regularly ten years ago and particularly in the last five.
Game 32
D M.Krasenkow • S.Movsesian
Polanica Zdroj 2000
1 Nf3 Nf6 2 c4 c6 3 Nc3 d5 4 d4 a6 5 c5 Nbd7 6 Bf4 Nh5 7 Bd2 Nhf6 8 b4
White finds a way to avoid repeating with Bf4. He gains space on the queen
side, but it's important to remember that the centre is more important!
8 ... g6 9 Qc 1 h6
To prevent White playing his bishop to h6.
10 e3 Bg7 1 1 Bd3 0-0 12 0-0 e5! (Diagram 1 1)
The logical counter-punch against White's centre.
1 3 Nxe5
After 13 dxe5 Ng4 14 e6 fxe6 15 Bxg6 Rxf3! Black obtains a strong attack, as
after 16 gxf3 Nge5 1 7 Bc2 Nxf3+ 18 Kg2 Qf6, White's position is a shambles.
1 3 ... Nxe5 14 dxe5 Ng4 1 5 Na4
Instead 15 f4 is strongly met by 15 . . . d4! .
98
The Chameleon Slav: 4 . . . a6
Diagram 11 Diagram 12
A thematic break Black has all the chances
99
Start i n g O u t : S l av a n d Semi-Slav
Diagram 13 D iagram 14
Gnawing a t the queenside Black's king is exposed
1 00
The Chameleon Slav: 4 . . a6
.
22 Qh6t Kg8 23 Qe6+ Kh8 24 Qxd7!? (White could still take a draw) 24 . . Rxf2
25 Kxf2 Rf8+ is unclear.
19 fxg6 fxg6 20 Qg4 Rxf2 2 1 Qxg6+ Kh8 22 Qh6+ Kg8 23 Qg6+ Kh8 24
Qh5+ Kg8 25 Qg5+ Kf7 26 Qh5+ Kg8 27 Qg4+ Kf7 28 Kxf2 Qd6 29 Nf5
Qg6 30 Qxg6+?!
Apparently 30 Re l ! would keep an edge in the ending.
30 ... Kxg6 31 g4 Kf6?!
It was better to free up the aS-square for the bishop with 3 l . . .Rf8 32 Rel e5 33
Kg3 c5, leading to a double-edged struggle.
32 Kg3 a5 33 h4 e6 34 Nd6 Ba6 35 Rxc6 Ne5 36 Rb6?!
White would retain winning chances with the flashy 36 Ne8+! Rxe8 (or
36 . . . Kf7 37 Rxe6! Kxe6 38 Nc7+) 37 Rxa6.
36 ... Nd7 37 Rc6 1;2-1;2
White plays 5 a4
1 d4 d5 2 c4 c6 3 Nf3 Nf6 4 Nc3 a6 5 a4 (Diagram 15)
Diagram 15
Diagram 16
White has hanging pawns
W h ite plays 5 a4
Another way for White to gain space. The other point is that it limits Black's
options on the queenside. If, for instance, Black were now to play 5 . . . dxc4, then
after 6 e4 Black cannot get away with 6 . . .b5(?) due to 7 axb5 cxb5 8 e5 Nd5 9
Nxb5 with advantage to White. Black has to settle for a more positional game
and play is often akin to various other Queen's Gambits or Semi-Slav varia
tions, except that White has the extra move a2-a4 and Black ... a7-a6.
5 ... e6 6 e3
The slow 6 a5 is met by central action 6 .. . c5!, when the continuation 7 cxd5
1 01
Starti n g Out: Slav a n d Semi-Slav
Nxd5 8 Ne5 Nc6 9 Nxc6 bxc6 10 e3 cxd4 1 1 Qxd4 c5 12 Qd1 Be7 was fine for
Black in Z.Azmaiparashvili-V. Epishin, Elenite 1994.
Another possibility is 6 Bg5 a5!? (6 ... Nbd7 is analogous to the Queen's Gambit
Declined, but the text is simplest) 7 e3 Be7 8 Bd3 Na6! 9 Rc1 Nb4 10 Bb1 b6
1 1 b3 Ba6, O .Gladyszev-E.Prie, Creon 2003, and Black has solved the problem
of how to develop his queen's bishop effectively.
6 ... c5
This is reminiscent of a position from the Semi-Tarrasch Defence where the a
pawns wouldn't have moved. There a typical plan for White is to play dxc5, a2-
a3 and b2-b4. This is not available here.
7 Be2 Nc6
Instead 7 . . . dxc4 8 Bxc4 Be7 9 0-0 0-0 gives Black a typical Queen's Gambit
Accepted position. There are a variety of plausible pawn structures depending
on taste, another one being a typical isolated queen's pawn position after
7 . . . cxd4 8 exd4 dxc4.
8 0-0 Be7 9 b3 0-0 10 Bb2 cxd4 1 1 exd4 Bd7 1 2 Ne5 dxc4 1 3 bxc4 Be8
(Diagram 16)
P.Kiriakov-A.Alavkin, Russian Championship 2002.
White has 'hanging pawns' which is the name given to White's central couplet.
These pawns have a positive side: space, limiting Black's minor pieces and the
potential to advance at an awkward moment. However, they also have a
downside: they can only be defended by pieces not pawns and thus require
constant attention. Play is complex and gives chances for both sides.
Theoretical?
Much less so than 5 .e3 or 5 c5. Rather than requiring loads of theory it's more
useful to have general knowledge about similar queen's pawn openings.
Statistics
With 680 games 5 a4 is another popular line against the Chameleon. White
scores 58% overall, but a lesser 56% against the recommended 5 . . . e6.
Game 34
D M.Gagunashvili • A.Morozevich
Moscow 2003
1 d4 d5 2 c4 c6 3 Nf3 Nf6 4 Nc3 a6 5 a4 e6 6 Bg5 a5 7 e3 Be7 8 Bd3 (Dia-
·
This move doesn't fit in that well with the early ... a6-a5. Instead Black should
p lay 8 . . Na6 (or 8 .. 0-0 and 9. . Na6) as mentioned in the introductory notes.
. .
1 02
The Chameleon Slav: 4 . . a6
.
Diagram 1 7 Diagram 18
White. has a bind
. . . Nbd7 o r . Na6 ?
..
103
Start i n g Out: Slav a n d Semi-Slav
By first including 7 cxd5 exd5, and only now playing 8 Be2, Black's d-pawn is
on the verge of becoming isolated. Isolated pawns can become weaknesses if
there aren't compensating factors. However, after 8 . . . Nc6 9 0-0 Bd6 10 b 3 cxd4
11 Nxd4 Qc7 12 Nf3 Be6, Black's lively pieces compensate for the isolani,
E.Grivas-G.Giorgadze, Ankara 1 995.
7 ...Nc6 8 0-0 (Diagram 1 9)
Diagram 19
Diagram 20
Chances are balanced
A fluid centre
8 . Bd6
. .
One of the features of this line is the wide choice for both sides as to the possi
ble central pawn structure. Indeed Black can also release the tension, e.g.
8 ... cxd4 9 exd4 Be7 10 b3 0-0 11 Be3 Bd7 12 Ne5 dxc4 13 bxc4 Be8, as in
I. Efimov-R.Kasimdzhanov, Istanbul Olympiad 2000, led to another example of
'hanging pawns' versus a solid defence. White is temporarily more active but
his pawns may become vulnerable.
9 b3 0-0 10 Ba3 b6 1 1 Qd3 Bb7 12 Rfd1 cxd4 13 Bxd6 Qxd6 14 Nxd4 dxc4
15 bxc4
15 Qxc4?? would be rather unfortunate after 15 . . . Ne5.
15 ... Rad8 (Diagram 20)
Black has comfortable development. The isolated c- and b-pawns are equally
weak, so chances are about equal.
16 Qb 1 Qc5?!
1 6 . . . Qc7! is more solid.
17 a5!
Instigating interesting complications.
1 7 ... Nxa5 18 Na4 Qg5 19 g3 e5?
Too optimistic. Instead 19 . . . b5 should equalise.
1 04
The Chameleon Slav: 4 . . . a6
20 h4!
The players are competing vigorously for the initiative.
20... Qg6 21 Nf5 Rxdl+ 22 Bxd1 ReS 23 Nd6
Skembris points out that he could have obtained an advantage with 23 h5!
Nxh5 24 Nxb6, when Black's pieces lack harmony, e.g. 24 ... Nc6 (24 ... Nb3?
loses nicely to 25 Nd5! Bxd5 26 cxd5 Nxa1 27 Ne7+! as Black's back rank is
exposed) 25 Nd5 Bc8 26 Nh4 Qg5 27 Qb6 and White is close to winning.
23 ... Qxb1 24 Rxb1 Rd8 25 Nxb7
If 25 Rxb6?, then 25 . . . Nxc4! .
25 ... Nxb7 26 Nxb6 Nc5 27 Na4 Nfe4
Material is equal, but there is still plenty of life in the position.
28 Bc2 Kf8
Note how Vladimir Georgiev gradually improves his pieces, especially his king
who comes to the centre to play an active role in the ending.
29 Bxe4 Nxe4 30 c5
The c-pawn is not that dangerous. Black's king is in the vicinity and the white
knight is far from the centre and kingside.
30 ... Ke7 31 Rb7+ Ke6 32 c6?
White could still hold with 32 g4!, as 32 .. . Rd1 + 33 Kg2 Rd2 can be met by 34
Rb6+ Ke7! (but not 34 . . . Kd5? which falls for a trick: 35 Nc3+! Nxc3 36 Rd6+)
35 Rb7+ Ke6 36 Rb6+.
32 ... Rd1+ 33 Kg2 Rd2 34 Rb4 Nxf2 35 c7 Nd3+ 36 Kfl Rf2+ 37 Kg1 Rc2
38 Rb7 Kd6
White's one redeeming asset (his c-pawn) is lost. Now Black finishes off the
game using fine technique.
39 c8Q Rxc8 40 Rxf7 Rc7 41 Rf8 Kd5 42 Kg2 Ke4 43 h5 Kxe3 44 h6 gxh6
45 Rf6 Rc2+ 46 Kg1 Ne1 0-1
Su mmary
The Chameleon or . . . a6-Slav is a new and exciting development. Much of the
theory is still developing so there is plenty of scope for individual interpreta
tion. Black is generally quite solid and has a choice of how to react to each
White approach. The danger for him, however, is not finding a good plan and
ending up with a passive game.
White can probably count on the tiniest of edges, but finds it hard to create a
chink in Black's armour. Statistically speaking White's chances are not really
better here than in the main lines of the Slav.
1 05
Chapter Seven
T h e S l av with . . . g 7- g 6
B Introdu ction
Introduction
In some lines Black opts to fianchetto his king's bishop at an early stage. Here
we shall look at this idea in various circumstances, but the actual move order
is less important than the concept. The Schlechter System is really a hybrid
between the Slav and the Griinfeld, from where it can also arise.
Black aims to avoid mainstream theory and yet obtain a solid position. The
problem is that the line can be somewhat passive with limited opportunities
for counterplay.
1 07
Starti ng Out: Slav a n d Semi-Slav
and then play 7 Qb3 to force 7 . . . e6 out of Black, e.g. 8 e3 0-0 9 Bd3 Nc6 10 0-0
h6 1 1 Bxf6 Bxf6 12 Rfc1 Qe7 13 a3 Rd8 14 Rc2, with a small pull in J.Piket
G.Kamsky, Monaco (blindfold) 1985.
4 g6 (Diagram 1)
...
Diagram 1 Diagram 2
The Schlechter System A Slav-Gr, nfeld hybrid
5 Nf3 Bg7
This variation is often considered to be a Griinfeld, but actually arises more
often from the Slav move order.
6 Be2
Of the alternatives, 6 cxd5 cxd5 7 Bb5+ leads to exchanges where Black has to .
be on his toes: 7 . . . Bd7 8 Qb3 Bxb5 9 Qxb5+ Qd7 10 Ne5 Qxb5 1 1 Nxb5 Na6 12
b3 Ne4 1 3 Ba3 f6 14 Nd3 Kd7! and Black's king proved to be well placed in
B.Kurajica-S.Djuric, Yugoslav Championship 1984.
The other bishop development, 6 Bd3, is sometimes preferred to the text move.
This transposes to the main line if Black plays a quick . . . d5xc4. Instead 6 . . . 0-0
7 0-0 Bg4 8 h3 Bxf3 9 Qxf3 e6 10 Rd1 Nbd7 leads us to Diagram 2.
It's not that exciting for Black (see Korchnoi-Yusupov below), but it's rock
solid and White's bishop p air are not easy to get going. The further 1 1 b3 ReS
12 Bf1 a6 13 Bd2 Qe7, as in Y. Seirawan-O.Panno, Mar del Plata 1982, doesn't
leave Black under that much pressure, despite him having little counterplay
' .
in sight.
6 0-0 7 0-0 (Diagram 3)
...
The sharpest idea, but perhaps not the best. Some alternatives which give a
rough idea of how play may continue ifBlack retains the tension:
1 08
The Slav with . . . g7-g6
a) 7 ... Bg4 8 cxd5 cxd5 9 Qb3 b6 10 h3 Bxf3 11 Bxf3 e6, I.Stohl-P.Haba, Buda
pest 1993, allows White a pull. Black is likely to be a little sensitive on his
queenside light squares.
Diagram 3 Diagram 4
Decision time for Black A risky pawn offer
b) Mter 7 . . . Nbd7 8 cxd5 cxd5 9 Qb3 e6 10 Bd2 Ne4 1 1 Rfc1, White has a slight
lead in development but it's probably nothing significant, Y.Zimmerman
S.Farago, Budapest 1 999.
c) Solid is 7 ... Be6 8 cxd5 cxd5 9 Qb3 Qb6 10 Qxb6 axb6, when the doubled b
pawns are compensated for by the potential activity on the a- and c-files.
d) 7 . . . a6 is perhaps Black's most dynamic try, with ideas of playing for ... b7-b5
(see the next section).
8 Bxc4. Bg4 9 h3 Bxf3 10 Qxf3 Nbd7 1 1 Rd1 e5 12 d5 e4!? (Diagram 4)
An interesting pawn sacrifice for some activity. However, this probably isn't
quite enough against precise play.
Theoretical?
Much less so than 4 . . . e6. Over the years 4 ... g6 has been used by people who
just want to play a solid game with natural moves. The plus side is that Black
gets out of the opening in one piece, even if he doesn't know that much theory.
The downside is that White tends to keep a slight pull even if he doesn't know
a great deal either!
Statistics
Not great for Black. Over 2965 games White manages 63% with 40% draws.
Smyslov was, at one time, Black's greatest practitioner, but even he failed to
get near to 50% as Black. The main line with 7 . . . dxc4 8 Bxc4 Bg4 scores a con
vincing 70% for White.
1 09
Startin g Out: Slav and Sem i-Slav
Game 36 ·
D E.Bareev • V.Kramnik
Novgorod 1 994
1 d4 d5 2 c4 c6 3 Nc3 Nf6 4 e3 g6 5 Nf3 Bg7 6 Be2 0-0 7 0-0 dxc4 8 Bxc4
Bg4 9 h3 Bxf3 10 Qxf3 Nbd7 11 Rd1 e5 12 d5 e4
Kramnik goes for the sharp pawn sacrifice variation.
13 Nxe4 Nxe4 14 Qxe4 Nb6 15 Bb3 cxd5 16 Bxd5 Nxd5 1 7 Rxd5 Qb6
(Diagram 5)
Diagra m 5 Diagram 6
White needs to develop How should Black defend?
Now White has to find a way to solve the problem of completing his develop
ment.
18 Qd3!? Rad8 19 e4!
This gives White the option of recapturing on d5 with the pawn, thus creating
a passed pawn, as well as preparing his bishop's entry into the game.
�
TIP: When a pawn up but under pressure, the best approach is
often to give the material back for the i nitiative.
19 ... Bd4
If instead 19 . . . Bxb2, then 20 Rb l Rxd5 2 1 exd5 Qd4 also favours White.
20 Kh l Bxf2 21 Bh6 Rxd5! · ·
110
The Slav with . g7-g6
. .
29 Qxf6 Qxf6 30 Rxf6 Be5 31 Rf2 Bg7 32 Bxg7 Kxg7 and, despite having a
pawn less, Black would then have excellent drawing chances. It's an important
factor that his king is much closer to the centre than White's.
27 Bxg5 fxg5 28 Qxb7 Qxd5 29 Qxa7 Ra8 30 Qe3 Qxa2?!
A better practical try is to break up White's pawns first with 30 ... g4! 31 hxg4,
and only then capture the pawn with 3 1 . . .Qxa2.
31 Qxg5 Rb8 32 b4 Qc4 33 Rf4 Qe6 34 Rd4 Rxb4?
Losing immediately. Instead after 34 . . . Kg7 35 b5, White would still have to
work to convert his advantage.
35 Qd8+ Kg7 36 Qc7+ Kh6 37 Qc1 + 1-0
White can now safely capture the rook.
Game 37
D V.Korchnoi • A.Yusupov
Lone Pine 1 981
1 d4 d5 2 c4 c6 3 Nf3 Nf6 4 e3 Bg4
So this game transposes from a line normally associated with Chapter 4!
5 h3 Bxf3 6 Qxf3 e6 7 Bd3 Nbd7 8 Nc3 g6 9 0-0 Bg7 10 Rd1 0-0 (Diagram 7)
Diagra m 7 Diagram 8
Black is rock-solid Patience is a virtue
The more normal move order is outlined in the introductory notes (see the note
to 6 Be2 concerning 6 Bd3) . Black has a very solid looking position, but White
hopes to eventually get the bishops going.
11 Qe2
Premature is 1 1 e4?! dxe4 12 Nxe4 Nxe4 13 Bxe4 Nb6 14 Qd3?! (defending
both c4 and d4 but placing the queen on a poor square; after 14 b3 Black can
get away with cheekily snatching the d-pawn, e.g. 14 . . . Bxd4 15 Bb2 e5 16
111
Starti n g Out: Slav a n d Semi-Slav
Bxd4 exd4 17 c5 Nd7 18 Rxd4 Qf6 with approximate equality) 14 . . . Qh4! (in
tending . . . Rad8; open lines don't always favour bishops but they almost always
favour the better organised!) 15 c5 Nd7 16 Bf3 Rfd8 17 Qc3 e5!, striking while
the iron is hot and putting White on the defensive, Liang Shuai-Wu Wenjin,
Qingdao 1999.
ll ... Qc7
The most precise way for Black seems to be l l . . .Re8! 12 Bd2 Qe7 13 Bel a6! 14
b3 e5!, with a satisfactory game for Black, Zsu.Polgar-J.Piket, Dutch League
1994. White's pieces are not well placed to be able to take control in the result
ing 'isolated queen's pawn' position, e.g. 15 cxd5 cxd5 16 dxe5 Nxe5 17 Racl
Rad8 18 Na4 d4! with full equality.
12 Bd2
Now it's possible to play the direct 12 e4 dxe4 13 Nxe4 Nxe4 14 Bxe4, which
may also leave White with a pull.
0
NOTE : Central pawn breaks require adequate su pport if the re
sulting line opening is to be favourable.
112
The Slav with . . . g7-g6
33 ... Ra1?
The rook will be missed from the defence. Instead 33 . . . Rb8 34 Rxb5 Rxb5 35
Qe8+ Kg7 36 Qxb5 would give the defender chances to hold, as all the remain
ing pawns are on the same side.
34 Ke2! Kg7 35 Bb4
Threatening Qe8.
35 ...Nb6 36 Rd6 Rc1 (Diagram 1 0) 37 Rxf6!
Extricating the black king out from his defences and into a mating net.
37 ...Kxf6 38 Qd4+ Kg5 39 Be7+!
A fine sacrifice decoying the black queen from its view of f4.
39 ... Qxe7 40 Qf4+ 1-0
It's mate in two.
113
Starti n g O ut : Slav a n d Semi-Slav
c) 8 Qb3 dxc4 9 Bxc4 b5 10 Be2 can be met by 1 0 ... Bf5 (rather than 10 ... c5,
when 11 dxc5 Qc7 12 a4! yields an advantage, A.Karpov-L.Ljubojevic, Amster
dam 1988) 1 1 a4 Nbd7 with fine development, S.Mohr-R.Tischbierek,
Bundesliga 1 992.
5 Qc2
One of Black's most popular ways of meeting White's system is . . .
5. . .g6! ? (Diagram 1 1)
Diagram 11 Diagram 12
Combining . . a7-a6 and . . . g7-g6 The bishop sits well on e6
This makes a change from 5 . . .b5 6 b3 Bg4, which after 7 Nge2 Nbd7 8 h3 Bh5
9 Nf4 gives Black a playable, albeit stodgy position.
6 Bd3 Bg7 7 Nf3 0-0 8 0-0 Bg4
The bishop develops now that it has something to bite on.
9 Ne5 Be6 (Diagram 12)
Dropping back to a square that greatly influences the centre. The bishop sits
well on e6, as White cannot chase it away with his knight now that it has been
provoked to e5. White has a space advantage but Black has no real weak
nesses.
White now has to make a decision about his c-pawn.
10 Bd2!?
Keeping the tension. There are three alternatives'with varying characteristics:
a) 10 c5 aims for space but takes the pressure off Black's centre. Black will
organise . . . b6-b6 or an eventual . . . e7-e5 for counterplay.
b) 10 b3 hopes to maintain a pawn on c4, but weakens the long diagonal.
c) 10 cxd5 simplifies but hopes that a slightly more active disposition will lead
to a pull.
114
The Slav with . . . g7-g6
Theoretical?
Not particularly. The ... a7-a6 plus ... g7-g6 idea is relatively young and the the
ory hasn't been tested as deeply as some of the more traditional variations.
Statistics
This line has only really come to the fore in the last few years. Over 1 1 7 games
White scores well with 64% with 42% draws and long games in general. It's a
grind for White with few winning chances for Black.
Game 38
0 G.Fiear • E.Prh�
Creon 1 998
1 d4 d5 2 c4 c6 3 Nc3 Nf6 4 e3 a6 5 Qc2 g6 6 Bd3 Bg7 7 Nf3 0-0 8 0-0 Bg4
9 Ne5 Be6 10 Bd2
White just continues development. Instead 10 c5 has recently become a focus
of interest: 10 . . . Nbd7 1 1 Nxd7 Qxd7!? 12 Bd2 Rae8 13 b4 Bf5 is then very solid
for Black, V.Papadopolou-E.Sedina, European Championship 2002.
10 Nbd7
...
10 . . . c5!? is possible, e.g. 1 1 dxc5 Qc7! (but not 1 1 . . .Ne4? 12 cxd5 Nxd2 13 dxe6
Nxf1 14 Nxf7 Qc7 15 Rxfl Qxc5 1 6 Bxg6! with a winning attack as in G.Flear
R.Fontaine, Aix-en-Provence 2004).
But the most respected approach is to open the game with 10 ... dxc4! 1 1 Nxc4
b5 1 2 Ne5 c5! (Diagram 1 3)
Diagram 13 Diagram 14
Black's game is fine White maintains a bind
Black liberates his position and equalises, e.g. 13 dxc5 Qc7 14 Nf3 Qxc5 when
Black has a satisfactory game, L.Ftacnik-L.Fressinet, Bundesliga 2002.
115
Starti n g Out: Slav and Semi-Slav
0
NOTE: It's always a critical decision : staying solid but passive,
or making a bold attempt at freedom.
At first it looks hard to see how White avoids getting into trouble after the
threatened . . . Qh5.
24 Qb2!!
The only good move. Now if 24 . . . Qh5, White has 25 g4! Bxg4 26 Qxh2.
116
The Slav with . . . g7-g6
24 ...d4 25 exd4 Qh5 26 Be2 Qh4 27 Bg5! Qxg5 28 Kxh2 Qh6+ 29 Kgl
Qe3+ 30 R f2 ReS 31 Bfl Rcl
White is somewhat tangled up, but the extra piece should see him home to vic
tory. The threat is 32 . Bc4.
. .
Diagra m 1 7 Diagram 1 8
The freeingmove How should Black continue?
The logical reaction now that the long diagonal is temporarily vulnerable.
1 1 Ne2
The complications after 1 1 cxd5 Nxd5 12 Nxd5 Bxd5 13 Qxc5 Bxe5 14 dxe5
117
Starti n g Out: Slav and Semi-Slav
Bxg2 lead to an equal game, and otherwise 11 dxc5 Qc7 is fine for Black.
1 1...cxd4
Another reasonable method is 1 1 . . .dxc4 12 bxc4 Nfd7 13 Nxd7 Bxd7! 14 Rb1
Nc6 15 dxc5 Rb8 with chances for both sides, R.Dautov-J.Hodgson, Istanbul
· ·
·
Olympiad 2000. In such positions the extra pawn shouldn't last for long. • ·
Diagram 1 9 Diagram 20
outpost
A fine knight Can White defend?
1 18
The Slav with .. . g7-g6
The strong pivotal point on d5 makes Black's position the easier one to play.
30 Rd2 Qe7 31 Rcl Rfd8 32 g3 Rd7 33 h4 Kg7 34 Qe2 Rad8 35 Qel Bg4
36 Bfl Qe6 37 b4 axb4 38 axb4 Bf3 39 Kh2 Rb8! 40 b5!
Creating a passed pawn.
40:.. cxb5 41 Bh3 Qc6 42 Bxd7
42 Bxe5 is met by 42 . . Re7.
.
Su mmary
The Schlechter System with ... g7-g6 isn't very dynamic or ambitious for Black.
White tends to keep an edge and Black lacks counterplay, unless he tries the
violent pawn sacrifice line that, however, seems to fall short.
Against the 3 Nc3 and 4 e3 move order, Black can consider 4 . . . a6, and then
only play 5 . . . g6 in the case of 5 Qc2. Again it's not that exciting for the second
player, but it avoids the Semi-Slav and the need to learn reams of theory.
Overall . . . g7 -g6 combined with a Slav suggests that Black is seeking solidity
rather than dynamism, but there is a risk that he may just end up passive and
planless.
119
Chapter Eight
T h e B otv i n n i k Va r i ati o n :
5 B g 5 d xc4
- Introd u ction
Introduction
1 d4 d5 2 c4 c6 3 Nf3 Nf6 4 Nc3 e6 (Diagram 1)
Diagram 1 Diagram 2
The Semi-Slav The Botvinnik Variati o n
1 21
Starting Out: Slav and Semi-Slav
The mqve 5 ... dxc4 may or may not lead to the win of a pawn, but it certainly
upsets White's plan of smooth development and sends a message to him that
Black is ready for a fight!
6 e4
With two threats: e4-e5 exploiting the pin, and simply Bxc4 regaining the
pawn with a central advantage.
6 ... b5
Holding onto the c-pawn but allowing the seemingly stronger threat!
White can consider a2-a4, either here, or on the next few moves, with the in
tention of loosening Black's queenside grip. However, the main move is . . .
7 e5
Black has only one way to avoid losing a piece.
7 ... h6 8 Bh4 g5
Now White has three moves:
9 Nxg5
A temporary piece sacrifice. The other capture 9 exf6 gxh4 1 0 Ne5 Qxf6 1 1 a4
is also double-edged. White hopes that an early initiative will enable him to
create pressure against Black's loose structure and undeveloped position.
Black relies on the bishop pair to keep him afloat.
The final option 9 Bg3 should be compared to play in the next chapter. White
keeps his bishop and hopes to be able to gain compensation for the pawn, due
to Black's lack of development and advanced pawns.
9 .. hxg5
.
Diagram 3 Diagram 4
W h ite regains the piece Weird and wonderful·
122
The Botv i n n i k Variati o n : 5 Bg5 dxc4
The powerful pin enables White to regain the piece and have a clear prepon
derance of pawns on the kingside. In return Black has his queenside phalanx,
but needs to generate counterplay.
Although White's main move in the diagram position is 1 1 exf6, regaining the
piece immediately, a large minority prefer 1 1 g3 with the intention of getting
the' bishop to the long a8-h1 diagonal as soon as possible. Against 1 1 g3, I rec
ommend that Black plays 1 1 . . . Qa5, and after 12 exf6 b4 13 Ne4 Ba6 14 Qf3,
.
continue with the strong centralisation 14 . . . Qd5 (see Game 44).
The main line continues as follows . . .
1 1 exf6
From Black's point of view, the f6-pawn is now best left alone, as recapturing
would leave Bla:ck in a debilitating pin. Instead the second player aims to
complete queenside development, including castling long.
1 1...Bb7 12 g3 c5
The light-squared bishop comes of age! There has also been a recent flurry of
interest in 12 . . . Qc7 where Black prepares to castle long (see Game 43) .
13 d5 Qb6
The older try 1 3 . . . Bh6 is under a cloud since, although he generally picks off
the f-pawn, Black struggles to contain White's initiative.
14 Bg2 0-0-0 15 0-0 b4 (Diagram 4)
Weird and wonderful play is in prospect. The fact that one player has an extra
pawn is less relevant here than the initiative, over which the coming battle
will be fought.
Strategy
This variation is known for the amazing complications that occur from very
double-edged play. So it's tactical play that dominates events despite any stra
tegic thoughts.
As for the strategy: Black snatches the c-pawn and supports this with ... b7-b5
enabling his problem-piece at some point to .come to b7 and, after a further
. . . c6-c5, to have influence on the long diagonal. So Black's pawn-grabbing can
be thought of a means towards the worthy end of harmonious development. In
the meantime White will try and punish Black for the time spent on the
queenside with e4-e5, which leads to Black's kingside getting messed up as a
direct consequence of the need to avoid losing a piece.
So White then has extra pawns on the kingside and Black on the queenside.
Black's king has the most difficulty finding pawn cover in the fight for the ini
tiative that seems to dominate middlegaine play.
Later on, endgames can come down to a pawn race between the respective ma
jorities.
1 23
Start i n g Out: Slav and Semi-Slav
Theoretical?
The forcing lines have led over the years to some frighteningly complex and
detailed theory. This is the most theoretical chapter in this book since the
variation requires detailed book knowledge to be able to play it with any confi-
·
dence.
Statistics
I found 3677 games where Black replied to 5 Bg5 with 5 . . . dxc4. Overall, Black
scored a reasonable 46%, with draws a modest 25% which reflects the sharp
ness of the variation.
About half the games reach the position after 10 . . . Nbd7 (Diagram 3) where
White has scored particularly well with 1 1 g3 (63%) , but Black scores about
average (45%) in his best defensive line: 1 1 . . .Qa5 12 exf6 b4 13 Ne4 Ba6 1 4
Qf3 Qd5 ! .
0
NOTE: Even razor-sharp tactical variations req u i re strategic
thinking.
1 1 ...Qxf6?!
Kramnik chose 1 l . . . Nd7! when faced with this position. The critical continua
tion seems to be 12 axb5 cxb5 13 Nxb5 Bb4+ 14 Nc3 Nxe5 15 dxe5 Qb6, with
an unclear position.
12 axb5 c5 13 Be2 Bg7
1 24
The Botvi n n i k Variati o n : 5 Bg5 dxc4
The disruptive 13 . . . h3!? (a common theme) has been suggested, but this can be
met by 14 Bf3 after which I prefer White, e.g. 14 ... hxg2 (if 14 ... Bxf3 then 15
gxf3!) 15 Bxb7 gxh 1Q+ 1 6 Bxh l.
The best try could well be the immediate 1 3 . .. Bxg2.
14 Nxc4 0-0 (Diagram 6)
Diagram 5 Diagram 6
What should Black play? Black loses the queenside
ered in Chapter 9.
8 e5 g5 9 exf6
1 25
Starting Out: Slav and Semi-Slav
Diagram 7 Diagram 8
Black's king is OK What after 1 7 Nxb5 - ?
by 19 . . Rxa8.
.
1 26
T h e Botvi n n i k Variati o n : 5 BgS dxc4
Game 42
0 P.San Segundo • R.Vera
Benidorm 2002
1 d4 Nf6 2 c4 e6 3 Nf3 d5 4 Nc3 c6 5 Bg5 dxc4 6 e4 b5 7 e5 h6 8 Bh4 g5 9
Nxg5 Nd5?!
A daring move that until recently remained unrefuted. This game shows why
it's not quite playable.
10 Nxf7 Qxh4 1 1 NxhS (Diagram 9)
Diagram 9 Diagram 10
Black doesn't have enough White to defend and win
So the discovered attack has netted the exchange, but a matter of concern for
White is that the knight on h8 is out of the game. The position is sharp and
full of surprising tactics.
l l Bb4 12 Rc1 c5 13 dxc5 Nd7
...
Mter 13 . . . Qe4+ 14 Be2 Bxc3+ 1 5 bxc3 Nf4, White has the calm 16 Rg1 Bb7 1 7
K£1, J.Eriksson-S.Ivanov, Stockholm 2001/02.
14 Be2 Nxe5 15 0-0 Bb7
Black's pieces are very active-looking, but that's only part of the story. There's
a lot going on!
16 Bh5+ Ke7 17 Qe2 Rg8
If 17 . . .Bxc3 18 bxc3 Qf6, White simplifies to a winning ending with 19 Qxe5!
Qxe5 20 Ng6+.
18 Qxe5 Rxg2+
Now Black would be delighted if White had to play 19 Kxg2 Nf4+ 20 Kgl Nh3
mate, but he doesn't!
19 Kh 1! Nf4 (Diagram 10)
1 27
Starti n g Out: Slav and Semi-Slav
The threats seem very strong, but as White has an extra rook he can give back
some 1naterial to defend.
20 Ng6+!
Back with a vengeance! In a noble gesture the knight sacrifices himself to give
his monarch time to organise the defence.
20 ... Rxg6+ 21 f3 Nxh5
Otherwise 2 l . . .Rg2 fails to the skewer 22 Qc7+ Kf6 23 QdS+.
22 Qc7+ Kf8 23 Qb8+ Kg7 24 Qxb7+ Kh8 25 Ne2 Qf6 26 Qxb5 Bd2 2 7
Qe8+ Kh7 28 Qd7+ Ng7 2 9 Qxd2 Qf5 3 0 Qc2 Qh3 31 Qxg6+ 1-0
Mter 3 l . . .Kxg6 then naturally 32 Nf4+ wins.
Diagram 11 Diagram 12
Tension along the diagona l ! ,Chances down the d-file
14 0-0
Black was able to defend and go on to win after 14 d5 b4 15 0-0 bxc3 16 dxe6
fxe6 17 Qe2 K£7, O.Almeida-L.Dominguez, Cuban Championship 2002 .
14 ... Bxg2 15 Kxg2 Qb7+ 16 f3
1 28
The Botv i n n i k Variation: 5 Bg5 dxc4
Kb8
It's often less important who has the extra pawn in this variation than who
has the initiative.
23 Nc5 Qd5 24 Qa5
Shabalov suggests 24 Na6+ as an improvement, when play could well continue
with 24 . . . Kb7 25 Qe7+ Rd7 26 Qe8 Qd6 27 Ra5 d3, whereupon Black's passed
d-pawn gives him the edge.
24 ...Qxc5 25 Qxa7+ Kc8 26 Ra6
White's attack looks dangerous, but Black has a nice ace up his sleeve . . .
2 6. . .Qe5! 27 Qxb6 Qe2+ 2 8 R f2 Rxh2+!
Black mates first.
29 Kxh2 Qxf2+ 30 Kh3 Rh8+ 31 Kg4 Rg8+ 0-1
Game 44
D lg.Jelen • M.Ragger
Kranj 2004
1 d4 d5 2 c4 e6 3 Nc3 c6 4 Nf3 Nf6 5 Bg5 dxc4 6 e4 b5 7 e5 h6 8 Bh4 g5 9
Nxg5 hxg5 10 Bxg5 Nbd7 1 1 g3
White delays capturing on f6 in order to get his bishop on the long diagonal as
quickly as possible. Play often transposes, but it does give Black an interesting
alternative.
l l ... Qa5! 12 exf6 b4 1 3 Ne4 Ba6
The bishop on a6 defends the c-pawn and is part of a plan to rapidly mobilise
the queenside.
14 Qf3 Qd5! (Diagram 13)
15 Be3 c5
Hitting back in the centre before White is properly organised.
16 Rd1
Instead 16 dxc5?! allows Black to seize the initiative with 16 . . . Ne5 17 Nd6+
Bxd6 18 Qxd5 exd5 19 cxd6 d4! 20 Bg2 Nd3+ 2 1 Ke2 0-0-0 22 Bxd4 Rxd6, as
pointed out by Beliavsky and Mikhalchishin.
1 6... Rd8 17 Ng5
Exchanging queens leads to a balanced game. Instead after 17 b3 Bb7 18 Bg2
cxb3 19 axb3, D.Komarov-A.Abdulla, Calcutta 2001 , Black has the interesting
19 . . . c4 with unclear play.
1 29
Starti ng Out: Slav and Sem i-Slav
Diagram 13 Diagram 14
A well-centralised queen Restoring material equality
1 30
The Botvi n n i k Variation: 5 Bg5 dxc4
Diagram 15 Diagram 16
How should Black continue? W hite has dangerous threats
1 6 ...Kf8!?
It's amazing how the position of the opposing kings is so unpredictable in this
variation. This time it's White who castles long and Black who keeps his king
on the kingside!
Instead of the text, 16 . . . Bxd5 is plausible, e.g. 17 Nxd5 exd5 18 Bg2 Nb6 19
Bxd5 0-0-0. Then the simplified ending after 20 Bb7+ Kc7 2 1 Qxd8+ Qxd8 22
Rxd8 Kxd8 23 Ba6 isn't that clear, but Yusupov prefers White slightly.
17 f3 exd5 1 8 Nxd5 Qd6 19 Qg5! (Diagram 1 6)
Creating some dangerous threats but Black can just about wriggle out.
1 9 ... Rg6?!
The later game S.Savchenko-V.Filippov, Minsk 1996 continued with 19 . . . Rb8!
(getting the rook away from discovered attacks) 20 Nf4 Qf6 21 Qx£6 Nxf6 22
Bg2 Ne8 with chances for both sides.
20 Qf5 Ne5 21 Nf4 Rf6 22 Qh3! Qxdl+!
The best chance to make a fight of it.
23 Kxd1 Bxrn+ 24 Kc1 Bxh1 25 Qh4 Nd7 26 Bh3 Rd6
Black has somehow survived so far, but White's threats haven't yet abated.
27 Bxd7 Rxd7 28 Qh8+ Ke7 29 Qe5+ Kd8 30 h4!
Mter 30 Qxc5 Rb8 Black is still alive.
30 ... b4!
131
Starting Out: Slav and Semi-Slav
Black must try and create counterplay before the h-pawn gets too far.
31 h5 b3 32 axb3 cxb3 33 h6 B£3 34 Nd5 Rxd5 35 Qf6+ Kc7 36 Qx£3 Kc6! 37
h7 Re8 38 Qxb3 Rel+ 39 Kc2 Re2+ 40 Kb1 Rh2 41 Qa4+ Kb6 42 Qb3+ y,_y,
A brilliant defensive display by Filippov.
Diagram 17 Diagram 18
What's happening?! Black has difficulties
We are in the middle of a sharp tactical line that has been tried on many occa
sions.
1 8 ... Bxfl
Retreating the bishop with 18 . . . BaS, intending to counter-attack on the long
diagonal, is considered dubious because of the forcing line 19 Nd5 Qb7 20
exf8Q Rhxf8 2 1 Ne7+ Kc 7 22 Bf4+ Ne5 23 Bxe5+ Kb6 24 f3 Rxd1 25 Rbxd1,
1 32
The Botv i n n i k Variati o n : 5 Bg5 dxc4
when experience has shown that White has more than enough compensation
for the queen. An example of how deeply the theory can go in the Botvinnik
Variation!
Critical is the less-well known 18 ... Bb7 1 9 Nd5 (or 19 exd8Q+ Kxd8 20 Ne2
Bf3!?) 19 ... Qe6, and Black is doing fine, according to Sergei Ivanov.
19 Kxfl
Shirov has also faced 19 Qd5, when 19 . . . Bh6! 20 Bxh6 Bd3! is judged by ex
perts as to be about equal, e.g. 21 Qa8+ Nb8 22 exd8Q+ Rxd8 23 Re 1 bxc3 24
Bf4 Qb6 25 bxc3 (Black has an extra piece but is all tangled up and White does
have that h-pawn . . . ) 25 . . . Bf5 26 h4 Qb7! 27 Qxb7+ Kxb7 28 Re7+ Rd7 29 Bxb8
Kxb8 30 Rxd7 Bxd7 3 1 Kg2 Kc7 32 Kf3 Kd6 33 Kf4 Bc6! when a draw was
agreed in Z.Azmaiparashvili-A.Shirov, Madrid 1996.
19 ...Qc6 20 exd8Q+ Kxd8 21 Nd5 Rxh2 22 Kg1 Rh8 23 Bf4 (Diagram 1 8)
From this key position Black has had some difficulties:
23 ... Qe6?!
An earlier try was 23 . . . Bd6 24 Bxd6 Qxd6 25 Qf3 Ne5 26 Qe4 Re8 27 Ne3 Nc6
28 Qf3, V.Kramnik-A. Shirov, Monaco (blindfold) 1996, but White maintained a
persistent edge. Otherwise 23 . . . Kc8 24 Qf3 Kb7 25 Rd1 Nb6 26 Qg2 Bh6 27
Nxb6 Qxg2+ 28 Kxg2 Kxb6 29 Be5 leaves White with the better ending.
24 Qf3 Qh3 25 Rd1 b3 26 a4 Qh2+ 27 Kfl Qhl+ 28 Ke2 Qxf3+ 29 Kxf3
The smoke clears and White's pieces are clearly the better placed in the end
game:
29 ... Kc8 30 g4 Rh3+ 3 1 Ke4 c3!
Complicating Nikolic's task by creating a protected passed pawn, but it's not
enough to hold.
32 bxc3 c4 33 Ne7+ Kd8 34 Nc6+ Ke8 35 Bg3
Shutting the opposing rook out of the game.
35 ... Nc5+ 36 Kd5 Nd3 37 Rb1 Kd7 38 NbS+ Kc8 39 Kxc4 Nc5 40 Nc6 Ne4
41 Ne7+ Kd7 42 Rd1 + Ke8 43 Nd5 Bd6 44 Re1 1-0
Game 47
0 V.Salov • M.lllescas Cordoba
Madrid 1 993
1 d4 d5 2 c4 c6 3 Nf3 Nf6 4 Nc3 e6 5 Bg5 dxc4 6 e4 b5 7 e5 h6 8 Bh4 g5 9
Nxg5 hxg5 10 Bxg5 Nbd7 1 1 exf6 Bb7 12 g3 Qb6
A less popular move order, though one that generally transposes back to the
main line.
13 Bg2 0-0-0 14 0-0 c5
The trappy 14 ... Ne5!? provokes White a bit too far: 15 dxe5! Rxd1 16 Raxd1 b4
1 7 Ne4 Qa5 18 Bf4 with White obtaining plenty of compensation for the queen,
A.Yermolinsky-G.Kaidanov, USA Championship 1993.
1 33
Starting Out: S l av and �em i-S iav
Diagram 19 Diagram 20
Black i s struggling How should White continue?
It seems that 19 Qg4!? Bxd5 20 Rfc1 Nc6 21 Bxd5 Rxd5 22 Rxc4 may be an
other way for White to keep the advantage.
1 9 ... Nc6
Mter 19 . . . Rxd5 20 Qxa7 Nc6 2 1 Nb6+ Kc7 22 Bf4+ Bd6 23 Nxd5+ exd5 24
Bxd6+ Kxd6 25 Qe3 White soon won in A. Shirov-L.Oll, Tilburg 1992.
20 dxc6!
A strong queen sacrifice that puts Black on the ropes.
20 ... Rxd4 21 cxb7+ Kc7 22 Be3 e5 (Diagram 20)
Here 22 . . . Rd5 is strongly met by 23 Bxa 7!.
23 Nc3! bxc3 24 bxc3
White only has one piece for the queen, but the b-pawn combined with the
open lines soon leaves Black in desperate straits.
many? . ·
24 ... Rd6?
Not good, but 24 . . . Bc5 25 cxd4 Bxd4 26 Rfb 1 Qc5 27 Ra6, as in G.Kamsky
V.Kramnik, New York 1 994, was also difficult for Black.
25 Rab1 a6 26 Rxb5 axb5 27 Ra1
White is now 'only' the exchange down, but by having the monster b-pawn and
1 34
The Botvi n n i k Variation: 5 Bg5 dxc4
Diagram 21 Diagram 22
An u nbalanced struggle A shocking move
19 Be3
Also sharp is 19 Rel Nc5 20 Re7 (or 20 Qg4+ Qd7 21 Qd4 Nxa4 22 Qxa7 Nc5!)
20 . . . Nb3, where yet again a judgement of 'unclear' seems appropriate!
19 ... Nc5 20 Qg4+ Rd7 21 Qg7!? (Diagram 22)
In the Botvinnik one almost expects the unexpected, but even so, this must
have came as a shock when first played.
2 1 ...Bxg7 22 fxg7 Rg8 23 Nxc5 Rxg7
In V.Ivanchuk-A.Shirov, Wijk aan Zee 1996, Black continued with 23 . . . d4!? 24
Bxb7+ Rxb7 25 Nxb7 Qb6, but White's pieces dominated after the further 26
Bxd4! Qxd4 27 Rfd 1 Qxb2 28 Nd6+ Kb8 29 Rdb 1 Qxg7 30 Rxb4+ Kc7 31 Ra6.
24 Nxd7 Qxd7 25 Rxa7 Rg6 26 Rfa1 ? !
White's rooks are not so well placed here. Instead 26 Rd 1 Qg4 is critical.
26 ... Re6! 27 Bd4
1 35
Starting Out: Slav and Semi-Slav
Diagram 23 Diagram 24
An interesting piece offer Can Black even win?
The latest try. After 20 Re1 cxb4 21 Qxd4 Qxg5 22 Qxc4, V.Filippov-Wang Lei,
Shanghai 2000, Black got into hot water with 22 . . . Nb6 23 Nxb6 axb6 24
Qxf7+. However, after Lutz's suggestion of 22 . . . Rc8!, with the point that 2 3
Qxf7 i s parried b y 23 . . . Rc7, Black may even be better.
20 ... dxc3 21 Qd5+ Kb6 ' .
1 36
The Botvi n n i k Variatio n : 5 Bg5 dxc4
0
NOT E : You will have to learn to expect the unexpected in the
Botv i n n i k!
�
TIP: Get some analysis practice in. Try and resolve this posi
tion yourself!
29 ... cxd1Q?!
The over-ambitious 29 . . . Kc4? falls short against precise play: 30 Rde1 Kb3 3 1
Be7 Bh6 3 2 f4 a 5 33 Bd6 Ka2 34 g4 b1Q 35 Rxb 1 cxb 1Q 36 Rxb1 Kxb 1 37 g5
and White wins, as pointed out by Graham Burgess in NCO.
30 Rxd1 Kc4 31 Kfl
White could try 3 1 g4, but after 3 1 . . .Bh6 32 Rb 1 Kb3 33 Ba5 Bd2! the ending
looks fine for Black.
31...Kb3 32 Ke2 Ka2 33 Be7 Bh6
This position was tested in a computer match where White continued with 34
Bxb4. Black was then able to queen a pawn, but after 34 . . . Bcl 35 Bd2 b 1 Q 36
Bxc1 Qg6 the ending wasn't so clear. White drew both electronic encounters.
34 f4 b3 35 Bc5 b1Q 36 Rxb1 Kxb1 37 Bxa7 Kc2 38 Bd4 Bf8 39 g4 Bb4 40
g5 Bc3 41 Bxc3 Kxc3 42 g6 b2 43 gxf7 b1Q 44 f8Q Qe4+ 45 Kf2 Qxf4+ Y,.Y,
Summary
A line that comes in and out of favour depending on the latest developments in
theory. Overall it's almost as dangerous for White to go for 5 Bg5 as it is for
Black, as after 5 . . . dxc4 the complications take over! The best prepared and the
most tactically aware tend to shine. In the critical lines Black holds his own if
he's good at walking tightropes.
Going right down the main line or varying with 12 . . . Qc7 are Black's best lines
as things stand. This is an ideal choice for those who enjoy studying crazy
complications in depth and then trying out their analyses in practice.
1 37
Chapter Nine
T h e M os cow Va ri ati o n :
5 Bg5 h6
- Introduction
Introduction
1 d4 d5 2 c4 c6 3 Nf3 Nf6 4 Nc3 e6 5 Bg5 h6 (Diagram 1)
Diagram 1
The Moscow Variation
In many books, this typical response to a pin is described with the hackneyed
cliche 'putting the question to the bishop'. Here White really does have a major
dichotomy between 6 Bxf6 and 6 Bh4.
Capturing on f6 cedes the bishop pair, but in return enables White to complete
his development in comfortable circumstances and maintain some central con
trol. Instead retreating the bishop leads to a sharper game, as Black will then
generally take the plunge and capture the gambited pawn.
Another option is to get the queen out of harm's way with 8 . . . Qd8 9 0-0 Be7,
but this tends to be a little passive .
9 Bxc4 g6!?
9 ...Bd6, playing for an early ... e6-e5, is possible but the text move is the most
dynamic. The problem with trying to 'liberate' with ... e6-e5 or ... c6-c5 is that
White's pieces are better placed to profit from any line opening.
1 39
Startin g Out: Slav and Semi-Sl av
Diagram 2 Diagram 3
W h ite has traded on f6 Centre vs. bishops
1 40
The Moscow Variation : 5 Bg5 h 6
Diagram 4 Diagram 5
Take the pawnor not? A typical freeing move
8 dxc4
...
The idea isn't necessarily to hold onto the pawn, but if White is determined to
win it back this will cost him time, which Black can use to sort out develop
ment problems.
0
NOTE: Accepting a gambit doesn't imply out-and-out material
ism. Returning the material for positional gains is a common
modern approach.
141
Starti ng O u t : S l av a n d Sem i-Slav
15 ... Be6
Underestimating the danger. Preferable is 15 . . . Bb4! 16 Qb3 Bxc3 17 bxc3
Nxd5 18 Nxd5 cxd5 19 Bxd5 Rb8 with equal chances.
16 Qb3 cxd5 17 Ncxd5 Nxd5 1 8 Nxd5 Bxd5 1 9 Bxd5 (Diagram 6)
The bishop is a monster on d5 so White retains some winning chances, despite
the presence of opposite-coloured bishops.
1 9... Rd6?! . .
142
The Moscow Variation : 5 Bg5 h 6
Diagram 6 Diagram 7
The d5-bishopis a monster White has an extra pawn
Unlike in many endings, an extra pawn is often not enough to win with oppo
site-coloured bishops. To that end White will have the difficult task of creating
two passed pawns. Speelman bears this thought in mind when he criticises
Black's next move, which has the disadvantage of allowing the pawns to be
come fixed on the same colour as White's bishop and thus easier to attack.
Black should probably keep his kingside pawns as they are to reduce White's
chances.
26 ...h5?! 27 h4 Bc5 28 a3! Bb6 29 b4 Qe5 30 Bd5 Kg7 31 a4 Bd4 32 Qf3
Qf6 33 Qe2
It's too early to exchange queens.
33 ... Bc3 34 b5 Ba5 35 Qe3 Bb6 36 Qd2 Qf5 37 Bc6 Qc5 38 Qb2+ Qd4
After 38 . . . Kg8, White can try his luck with either 39 Qa2 or 39 Qf6.
39 Qxd4+! Bxd4 40 a5 Kf6 4 1 f4
Rather committal.
4 1...Ke6 42 b6!?
Finally a passed pawn!
42 ... axb6 43 a6 b5 44 Bxb5 Ba 7?
Speelman, a noted endgame expert, points out a draw for Black with 44. . . Ke7
45 Kf3 f5 ! 46 Ke2 Ba7 47 Kd3 Bf2 48 Kc4 Kd8 49 Kd5 Kc7 50 Ke6 Bxg3 (only
now that Black's king can stop the a-pawn!) 5 1 Kf6 Bxf4 52 Kxg6 Bd6! 53
Kxh5 Be7 54 Bd3 Kb6, and White cannot get his h-pawn going.
45 Kf3 Bg1 46 Bc4+ Ke7 4 7 Ke4
With the black king restricted to defending the kingside pawns the white king
invades, either heading towards the a-pawn or coming round the back to eat
1 43
Starting Out: Slav and Sem i-Slav
Diagram 8 Diagram 9
Black is compact The Stonewall set-up
10 a3
Quick action in the centre with 10 e4 can be successfully countered by
10 . . . dxc4 1 1 Bxc4 b5 12 Bb3 b4, e.g. 1 3 Na4 0-0 14 F-c1 Bb7, as in L.Ftacnik
E. Sveshnikov, Moscow 1985, which seems acceptable for Black. If White wants
to avoid an eventual . . . c6-c5 he'll have to place a knight on c5, but Black can
then capture with his knight and redeploy his light-squared bishop with
. . . Ba6. Bearing this unpromising scenario in mind, Ftacnik chose 15 d5 cxd5
16 exd5 exd5 1 7 Bxd5 Bxd5 18 Qxd5 Nb6 19 Qb3, but as 19 . . . Qd5 gives full
equality, the players settled for a draw.
1 44
The Moscow Variati o n : 5 Bg5 h6
0
NOTE: With the centre blocked, advancing pawns in front of
one's own king is not so risky.
Diagram 10 Diagram 11
A strong knight on e5 Is Black better?
1 45
Starting Out: Slav and Semi-S l av
Note how Black's light-squared bishop lacks scope as it's blocked by its own
pawns. This potential handicap is a perennial problem with this type of pawn
structure.
19 f4? !
I n view o f what happens in the game, commentators have decided that 1 9 a4,
sticking to a queenside advance, was a better plan.
19 ... gxf3 20 Rxf3 Kh8 21 Rh3 Rg8 22 Rfl Rg5!
Black is aiming to get his bishop into play using the h5-square, so White
should now try 23 Rf4!, according to Kramnik, as then Rh4 becomes an inter
esting option.
23 e4?! dxe4
23 . . . Qg7? is tempting, but Kamsky had prepared 24 exf5 Rxg2+ 25 Khl with
advantage to White who has more pieces in play.
24 Bxe4 Bh5 25 Bf3 Bxf3 26 Rfxf3 Kh7 27 Rf2 Bxe5
Black finally exchanges off the troublesome knight, but he is only ready to do
so now that the light-squared bishops have come off.
28 dxe5 Qg7 29 Rd3 Rg8 30 Rdd2
Despite there being only major pieces left on the board, the pressure along the
g-file enables Black to generate some advantage.
30 ... Rg4 31 Rfe2 Kh8 32 c5 Qg5 33 Qb3 Qh4 34 Qe3
The nai:ve 34 Qxe6?? would allow 34 . . . Rxg2+ 35 Rxg2 Qel mate.
34 ... R8g7 35 Qf3 Kh7 36 Qe3 Qh5 37 Qf3 Qg5 38 Qd3 Qf4! 39 Rdl Rh4
Provoking further weakening of the white king's defences.
40 g3 Rhg4 41 Kh1 Qg5 42 Qe3 Qh5 43 Qf3 Qh3?!
43 ... Qg6 would be more appropriate, when both ... f5-f4 or ... h6-h5-h4 are an
noying threats.
44 Re3! h5 45 Red3?
It's probably better to exchange queens as Black's pressure would then be less
worrisome: 45 Qg2 Qxg2+ 46 Kxg2 for instance.
45 ...h4 %-% (Diagram 1 1)
Kramnik offered a draw at this point despite being somewhat better. A sur
prise in view of the fact that he was 2-0 down in the match and really needed
to win to have any chance to catch up! He clearly Jllust have underestimated
his chances at the time.
It must be admitted, however, that the resulting rook ending isn't easy to
judge: 46 gxh4 (46 Qg2? is bad due to 46 . . . Qxg2+ 47 Kxg2 f4 48 Rd6 hxg3 49
h3 R4g6) 46 . . . Qxf3+ 47 Rxf3 Re4! 48 Rg3 Rxe5 49 Rxg7+ Kxg7 50 Rd7+ Kg6 51
Rxb7 Re2, but Kramnik believes that Black i s better due to his protected
passed pawns.
1 46
The Moscow Variation: 5 Bg5 h 6
Game 52
0 A.Chernin • T.Thorhallsson
New York 1 997
1 c 4 c6 2 d4 d5 3 Nc3 Nf6 4 Nf3 e6 5 B g 5 h6 6 Bxf6 Qxf6 7 e3 Nd7 8 Bd3
Bd6 9 0-0 dxc4
Keeping the tension with 9 . . . Qe7 is inferior in view of 10 c5! Bc7 1 1 e4 dxe4 12
Nxe4 0-0 13 Re1 Rd8 14 Qc2, when Black's light-squared bishop will have dif
ficulty emerging into the light of day.
10 Bxc4 Qe7 1 1 Rc1
White continues to deploy his forces.
Another approach is to expand immediately with 11 e4, but the continu ation
1 l . . .e5 12 d5 Nb6 13 dxc6 bxc6 (13 . . . Nxc4? drops a pawn to 14 cxb7 Bxb7 1 5
Qa4+) 14 Bb3 Bg4 seems fine for Black, who has activated his game a t the cost
of slight structural weaknesses.
1 1...0-0 12 Ne4 Bc7 (Diagram 12)
Diagram 12 Diagram 13
White has more space Black i s very solid
Black will wait and hope to get his queen's bishop into the game and prepare
himself for any general opening. White aims to use his space edge to keep a
tight grip on affairs.
13 Qc2 Nb6!?
The main line continues 13 . ..Rd8 14 Rfd1 a5 15 Bb3 Nf8 16 a3 Bd7 17 Nc5,
when Black is under some pressure but he keeps his solidity, e.g. 17 ... Ra7 1 8
e 4 Be8 1 9 e5 Bb6 2 0 Ne4 Raa8 2 1 Ba2 Rd7 2 2 Qb3, A.Yusupov-A.Dreev, Til
burg 1 992, or 17 ... Rab8 18 e4 Bc8 19 Nd3 Ng6 20 e5, A.Yusupov-M.Gurevich,
Munich 1993, and in both cases White retained an advantage into the middle
game.
147
Starting out: Slav and Sem i-Slav
14 Bb3 e5
A practical approach from the Icelandic GM. Black accepts that he is slightly
worse , but as this freeing move can be played safely, White's pressure is re
duce d to a minimum.
0
NOTE : In positions where the defender has less space but no
weaknesses, exchanges generally ease the defence.
Diagram 14 Jl • Diagram 15
Gaining space What happens o n 4 3 b5 ?
This pawn advance relies on gaining space and restricting the black pieces to
create some chances.
34 ...Nf8
1 48
The Moscow Variation: 5 Bg5 h 6
The tricky 34 . . . Qf2!? i s also playable, for example 35 fxg6 Qxe2 36 gxf7+ Kxf7
3 7 Bb3+ Be6 38 Bxe6+ Kxe6 39 Qxg7 Qfl+ 40 Kh2 Qf4+ with a draw on the
cards.
3 5 Ng1 g6 36 Nf3 Qf4 37 Qd2
Exehanging queens before his central pawns collapse.
37 ...Qxd2 38 Nxd2 b6 39 Nc4 gxf5 40 exf5 Nd7 4 1 Nd6 Ba6
The bishop finds a reasonable posting just in time!
42 b4 Kf8 (Diagram 15) 43 f6
Chernin was probably frustrated that 43 b5 doesn't work, as after 43 . . . cxb5 44
Nxb5 (44 axb5? Ke7 45 Nxf7 Kxf7 46 bxa6 Nc5 favours Black) 44 . . . Bxb5 45
axb5 Nc5, Black is the only one with chances to win.
43 ... b5!'!
Better than 43 . . . Nxf6??, which loses a piece to 44 b5 Ke7 45 Nf5+. However,
43 . . . Be2 44 Nc8 a5 is perfectly playable.
44 Bd3?
A mistake, though it doesn't prove to be too serious. Instead 44 Ne4 is correct,
when a draw would be the most likely outcome after a plausible continuation
such as 44 . . . bxa4 45 Bxa4 Bb5 46 Bxb5 cxb5 47 g4 Kg8 48 Kg2 Kh7 49 Nd6
Nxf6 50 Nxb5 Nd5.
44 ...Ne5 45 Bxb5
The only move, as 45 Be2 allows 45 ...bxa4.
45 ... cxb5 46 axb5 Bxb5 47 Nxb5 Nc6 48 g4 a6 49 Nc3 Nxb4 50 h4 Ke8 5 1
h 5 Nd3 52 Kg2 Kd7 5 3 Kf3 Ke6 54 Ne4 a 5 5 5 Ke3 Ne5 5 6 Kf4 Nd7 5 7 g5
hxg5+ 58 Nxg5+ Kxf6 59 h6 Nf8 60 Nf3 a4
Here 60 . . . Kg6 is met by 61 Ne5+.
61 Ke3 Kg6 62 Ne5+ Kf5 63 Nc4
But not 63 Nxf7?, when Black has 63 . . . a3.
63 ...Kg5 64 Kd3 Kxh6 65 Kc3 Kg5 66 Nd6 f6 67 Ne4+ Kf5 68 Nxf6 Kxf6 69
Kb4 Nd 7 lf2-lf2
Black was successful in that he obtained a comfortable game. However, it's not
a line where he finds it easy to generate winning chances early on.
Game 53
D V.lvanchuk • V.Kramnik
Novgorod 1 996
1 d4 d5 2 c4 c6 3 Nf3 Nf6 4 Nc3 e6 5 Bg5 h6 6 Bxf6 Qxf6 7 e3 Nd7 8 Bd3
dxc4 9 Bxc4 g6
The modern choice, where Black fianchettos the dark-squared bishop angling
for Griinfeld-style development.
10 0-0 Bg7 1 1 Rc1 (Diagram 1 6)
1 49
Starting Out: Slav and Sem i-Slav
Diagram 1 6 Diagra m 17
'
Th e cB-bishop i s dormant Black needs to develop
If White tries the alternative plan of expanding on the queenside with 11 b4,
then Black can cope, e.g. 1 1 . . .0-0 12 Rc l Rd8 13 Qb3 Qe7 14 a4 a5 15 bxa5
Rxa5 16 Rfd1 b6, P.Nikolic-V.Kramnik, Yerevan Olympiad 1996, or 12 a4 Qe7
13 Qb3 b6 14 a5 Rb8 15 axb6 Rxb6 16 Rxa7 Qxb4 1 7 Rb 1 Qxb:;l 18 Rxb3 Rxb3
19 Bxb3 c5, A.Rakhmangulov-D .Yevseev, Alushta 2001 . In both cases Black
has full equality.
1 1. . 0-0 12 Re1
.
A subtle move, keeping his options open and making ... c6-c5 more difficult to
play.
If immediately 12 e4 Rd8 13 e5 Qe7 14 Qe2, then Black can indeed hit back
with 14 . . . c5!, T.Hillarp Persson-M.Gurevich, Corinth 1998. That game contin
ued with the critical 15 d5 Nxe5 16 Nxe5 exd5 1 7 Nf3 Qxe2 18 Bxe2 Be6, and
Black had two fine central pawns for the piece, which proved to be adequate
compensation.
1 2 ... Qe7
12 ... Rd8!?, anticipating a white expansion, has also been played. A typical ex-
ample was 13 Qc2 Qe7 14 a3 b6 15 e4 Bb7 16 e5 Rab8 1 7 Rcd1 b5 18 Ba2 c5,
V.Korchnoi-E.Bareev, Ubeda 1997, where Black had freed his position and was
ready for the fight ahead. Korchnoi later suggested 17 Ba2, (rather than 1 7
Rcd1) in order to meet . . . c6-c5 b y d4-d5, when BlaG:k may not b e able to liber
ate himself so comfortably.
1 3 e4 Rd8 14 e5 b6
If Black doesn't have the patience for such a slow game he could try 14 ... b5!?
1 5 Bd3 Bb7 16 Ne4 c5!?, as in A.Khalifman-A.Huzman, Amsterdam 1995,
which is fairly messy. Huzman then suggests 17 dxc5 Bxe4 1 8 Bxe4 Rac8 1 9 c6
Nxe5 20 Qb3 Nxf3+ 21 Bxf3 a6 with a small edge for White. This is a better
1 50
The Moscow Variation: 5 Bg5 h6
idea than 14 . . .c5? 15 d5 when, as Black doesn't have any interesting tactical
options, he's just worse.
15 Qe2 (Diagram 1 7) 15 ... Rb8
Kramnik is trying to avoid the problems associated with a continuation such
as 15 . . . Bb7 16 Ba6 Nf8 1 7 Bxb7 Qxb7 18 Ne4, when the knight comes into the
outpost on d6. Instead the game R.Vaganian-V.Akopian, FIDE World Champi
onship, Groningen 1997, continued 15 . . . a6 16 Bd3 Bb7 17 Be4 b5?! 18 Nb 1 ! ,
when White had serious intentions o f continuing with Nb 1-d2-b3 and then into
c5 or a5. Instead Black should avoid the committal 1 7 . . .b5, and settle for
17 . . . Rdc8, but he's still slightly passive.
16 Bd3!
The best plan, keeping Black under restraint.
The alternative idea of bringing the knight to d6 doesn't fare so well when
Black retains the bishop pair, e.g. 16 Ne4 Bb7 17 Nd6 Ba8 18 b4 c5, and
Black's long-suffering bishop on a8 becomes an excellent piece.
16 ... Bb7 17 Be4 Nf8
Black would dearly like to strike out with 17 . . . c5, but Ivanchuk points out that
White is still on top after 18 Bxb7 Rxb7 19 Qe4 Rbb8 20 Nb5, or if 19 . . . Nf8
then 20 d5.
18 g3 Rbc8 19 a3 Rc7 20 Red1 c5
Breathing space is necessary, but this standard break still doesn't equalise.
2 1 Bxb7 Rxb7 22 Ne4 Rc7 23 dxc5 Rxdl+ 24 Rxd1 bxc5 25 h4! (Diagram
1 8)
Diagram 18 Diagram 1 9
Preventing . . . g6-g5 Black cannot defend
Another prophylactic move from Ivanchuk who doesn't want Black playing
. . . g6-g5, with further ideas of . . . Ng6 and . . . g5-g4 to undermine the e-pawn.
1 51
Starting Out: Slav and Semi-Slav
TIP: When you have a better game but can't see a convincing
continuation, it's a good idea to look for moves that stop you r
opponent doing anyth i ng useful . I f you retain your bind you
might find something strong in a few moves time.
1 52
The Moscow Variation : 5 Bg5 h6
Diagram 2 0 Diagram 21
The Anti-Moscow Gambit W h ite has compensation
Black retains his extra pawn, but White has an advance in development.
9 Be2 Bb7 10 h4!
Obtaining good practical chances for the pawn. Mter the text move, Black will
have to be careful to keep his position intact, especially as his king is likely to
be somewhat vulnerable wherever he makes his home.
The less dangerous alternatives are covered in the notes to Game 54.
Mter 10 h4, there are two important moves: 10 ... g4 and 10 . . b4.
.
10 g4
...
1 53
Starti n g Out: S lav and Semi-Slav
Statistics
It's over the last ten years that 6 Bh4 has become really popular. White has
only managed 53% from 1 127 games, but the successes of Topalov and other
aggressive players have recently made it a dangerous weapon. Draws are quite ·
low on 24%.
Against the Moscow Variation White's dilemma is clear: 6 Bxf6 and 6 Bh4 are
just as strong, but with the latter you are much more likely to generate a deci
sive result.
Game 54
D S.Halkias • K.Asrian
European Championship, Ohrid 2001
1 d4 d5 2 c4 e6 3 Nf3 Nf6 4 Nc3 c6 5 Bg5 h6 6 Bh4!?
Playing for more than a small positional edge.
6 ... dxc4 7 e4 g5 8 Bg3 b5 9 Be2
The daring 9 Qc2 offers further bait in the form of the d-pawn:
a) 9 . . . Bb7 10 0-0-0 Nbd7 is perhaps the most prudent course, e.g. 1 1 d5 cxd5 12
exd5 Nxd5 1 3 Nxb5 Rc8 14 Nfd4 Qa5 15 a3 c3, and Black was better in
L.Yurtaev-V.Filippov, Seversk 1997.
b) 9 . . . g4!? 10 Ne5 Qxd4 11 Rd1 Qb6 12 Be2 h5 1 3 Ng6 fxg6 14 e5 K£7 15 exf6
e5!?, with unclear complications, C.Gabriel-Zhu Chen, Bad Homburg 1998.
9 . Bb7
..
Alternatives have been shown to be inferior. For instance 9 ... Nbd7 allows 10
d5! with difficulties for Black.
10 h4!
a) If 10 e5 (blocking the centre but creating a pawn wedge) 10 ... Nd5 11 0-0
Nd7 12 a4 a6, Black's position is relatively solid. Nevertheless, after the fur
ther 13 Nxd5 cxd5 14 Ne1 (getting ready to open up the f-file, a negative as
pect of an early . . . g7-g5) 14 . . . Bg7 15 axb5 axb5 16 Rxa8 Bxa8 1 7 £4 0-0 18 fxg5
hxg5 19 Bg4, White has enough compensation as Black's g-pawn and kingside
are not secure, S.Ovsejevitsch- E .Miroshnichenko, St. Petersburg 2002.
b) The slower 10 0-0 is met by 10 . . . Nbd7, and then:
b 1) Following 1 1 a4 b4 12 e5 Nh5 13 Ne4 c5!, Black shouldn't be worse.
b2) After the quiet 11 Qc2 Nh5! Black has scored well, e.g. 12 a4 a6 13 Rad1
Nxg3 14 fxg3 Qb6 15 Kh1 Bg7 16 e5 0-0 17 Ne4 c5, (ECO gives this position as
unclear, but I prefer Black) A.Kirusha-I.Yagupov, St. Petersburg 2001, when
White went for 18 Nexg5 which doesn't look sound to me after 18 . . .hxg5 1 9
Nxg5 f5 2 0 exf6 Nxf6. Indeed, even the game continuation of 18 . . . f5 19 exf6
Nxf6 turned out in Black's favour.
10; .. g4 1 1 Ne5 h5 12 0-0 Nbd7 13 Qc2 Nxe5 14 Bxe5 Bg7! (Diagram 22)
1 54
The Moscow Variati o n : 5 Bg5 h6
Diagram 22 Diagram 23
Preparing to castle W h ite can force a d raw
Black's best defence, which prepares to get his king away from the centre.
1 5 Rad1
Another option is 15 Bg3 Qxd4! (after 15 . . .b4 16 Na4 Qxd4 1 7 Bxc4 it seems
that White is better, KSakaev-V.Borovikov, Chalkidiki 2002) 16 Rfd 1 Qb6 1 7
e5 (or 17 a4 a5 with a n unclear struggle ahead, R.Witt-M.Al Sayed, Amster
dam 2004) 1 7 ... Nd5 18 Ne4 0-0-0 19 Nd6+ Rxd6 20 exd6 f5 where Black had
good compensation for the exchange, Wu Shaobin-M.Al Sayed, Doha 2003.
15 ... 0-0 16 f3
After this White's best is a draw.
When Kramnik had this position he kept the game alive with 16 Bg3!? Nh7 1 7
e 5 f5 18 exf6 Qxf6 and eventually won, although his idea i s universally judged
as 'only' unclear, V.Kramnik-V.Akopian, Dortmund 2000.
16 ...Nh7! 17 Bxg7 Kxg7 18 fxg4 Qxh4 19 gxh5 Ng5 (Diagram 23) 20 Bf3?
This turns out badly. Instead 20 Qd2 Nh3+ 2 1 gxh3 Qg3+ 22 Kh1 Qxh3+ 23
Kg1 Qg3+ 24 Kh1 Qh3+ Y:! - Y:! L.Van Wely-J.Lautier, Monte Carlo (rapid) 2000,
is the logical finish.
20 ...f5! 21 d5?!
White can try either 2 1 exf5 Rxf5 or 2 1 e5 Rh8, but in either case Black's at
tacking chances give him the advantage.
The text move seems to lose in spectacular fashion.
21...fxe4 22 dxe6
Otherwise 22 Nxe4 fails to 22 . ..Rxf3! 23 Rxf3 (or 23 Nxg5 Rxfl + 24 Rxf1 Qxg5)
23 . . .Nxf3+ 24 gxf3 cxd5.
22 ...exf3 23 e7 Rf6 24 Rd8
155
Starti n g Out: Slav and Sem i-Slav
Diagram 24 Diagram 25
10 . . . g4 or 1 0 . . . b4 ? Can Black solve his problems?
10 ... g4
The important alternative 10 . . .b4 leads to two distinct variations:
a) 11 Na4 Nxe4 12 Be5 Rg8 13 hxg5 hxg5 14 Bxc4 Nd7 15 Qd3 g4 16 Qxe4
gxf3 17 gxf3 Qa5 18 Nc5 which is unclear, Xu Jun-P.H.Nielsen, Istanbul
Olympiad 2000. . ·
b) 1 1 hxg5 bxc3 and now White must find the right way:
b 1) 12 gxf6?! cxb2 13 Rb 1 Qa5+ 14 Nd2 (or 14 Kf1 c3 15 Ne5 Ba6) 14 . . . c3 15 0-
0 Ba6 16 Nb3 Qxa2 17 Nc5 Bb5 18 Qc2 Qa3 19 Rfd1 Rg8 and Black eventually
won in S.Atalik-A.Dreev, Sarajevo 200 1 .
b2) 12 bxc3! Nxe4 13 Be5 Nxc3 14 Qc2 Nxe2 15 Kxe2 Nd7 (Stohl suggests
1 56
The Moscow Variation: 5 Bg5 h6
1 57
Starti ng O u t : Slav and Sem i-Slav
Diagram 2 6 Diagram 2 7
A dramatic knight sacrifice Black has too many problems
Summary
Mter 6 Bxf6 Black obtains the bishop pair but finds it hard to open the game
on his own terms and he can easily find himselfwith a passive position.
White's central preponderance and easier development tend to yield an edge
for him, though it's hard to break down Black's defences.
The recently developed 6 Bh4 insists on gambit-style play. White seems to
have excellent practical compensation and Black will have to defend accu
rately.
In my opinion 5 . . . h6 isn't as good as 5 . . . dxc4.
. .
1 58
Chapter Ten
T h e M e ra n Va ri at i o n
m Introduction
m Reynolds Variation
Introduction
The Semi-Slav with 5 e3 is covered in this and the next two chapters. The
most important of these is known as the Meran Variation, named after a tour
nament played in the Italian resort in 1924.
1 d4 d5 2 c4 c6 3 Nf3 Nf6 4 Nc3 e6 5 e3
Defending the c-pawn and permitting the development of the king's bishop.
This a considered a more cautious choice than 5 Bg5.
5 ... Nbd7 6 Bd3 dxc4
Black takes the opportunity to release the central tension at a point where it
gains a tempo. In Chapter 1 1 we'll investigate alternatives.
7 Bxc4 b5 (Diagram 1)
Diagram 1 Diagram 2
The Meran Variation A desperado
Again Black gains time. There are two main ideas behind . . . b7-b5:
1. Freeing the b7-square for the development of Black's queen's bishop
2. Gaining influence on the queenside.
8 Bd3
The bishop drops back to its most natural square where it supports the e3-e4
advance. White will generally opt for early central expansion, as this improves
.
·
1 60
The Meran Variatio n
move, 8 . . . Bb7, developing the queen's bishop and keeping the queenside pawn
options open for now.
In all variations there is a positional risk associated with an early ... b5-b4,
concerning the c4-square which can no longer be attacked by a black pawn.
This square can then become a useful staging post for White's pieces.
9 e4
White continues with his central action. Less testing is 9 0-0 c5, when Black
achieves the desired counter without being put under undue pressure.
9 c5
...
Hitting back immediately before White can play e4-e5 (obtaining a dangerous
pawn wedge) free of charge.
10 e5
Gaining space with tempo.
The important alternative 10 d5 involves White taking a central majority
while Black has an extra queenside pawn. This often leads to a tense strategic
struggle in the middlegame.
After 10 e5, Black doesn't have any comfortable knight moves available, but
has the following counter. . .
1 0 cxd4!
...
. . . depleting the white centre. Both players now have knights en prise.
1 1 Nxb5 (Diagram 2)
A desperado. The attacked knight captures an opposing pawn.
This complicated position is discussed in the final four games (64-67) of this
chapter.
Black has to decide whether to play l l . . .axb5 capturing the knight, ll . . . Nxe5
(another example of a desperado) eliminating the e-pawn, or ll . . . Ng4 moving
the attacked knight and threatening the e-pawn for a second time.
Strategy
If he's given time Black will consolidate his queenside and get in . . . c6-c5 to
compete against White's centre. His queen's bishop goes to b7 and Black
achieves comfortable piece play. With this in mind, White will generally react
quickly in the centre, pushing either the e- or d-pawn to the fifth rank, ensur
ing a central space edge to counter Black's queenside advance. The two strate
gies have a tendency to clash early, and the central arena can easily become a
bloody battlefield where the initiative is highly sought after by both sides. One
major factor is that Black may not feel comfortable castling kingside early
where he can come under attack. Instead he will often try and resolve the
question of ... c6-c5 and strive for even further central clarification before his
king gets committed.
1 61
Starti n g Out: Sl av and Semi-Slav
Theoretical?
Many of the sharper forcing lines are in fact very theoretical indeed. White
players wanting to reduce the need for so much book knowledge will often play
6 Qc2 (Chapter 12), whereas Black players can fish in the waters of Chapter
11.
Statistics
With 7 1 70 games in the database this is the most commonly played line of the
Semi-Slav. Indeed the line has continuously maintained its popularity since
the Second World War. Black scores an average 46% and the draws at 36% are
more or less par for the course.
After 8 Bd3, Black's most popular move (2765 games) is 8 . . . a6, but the best
scoring line is 8 . . . Bb7 with 48% from 2282 games.
Diagram 3 Diagram 4
Playing on the a2-g8 diagonal Black has equal chances
The choice of b3 for the retreating bishop is largely because White wants to
gain play on the a2-g8 diagonal, particularly against the e6 and f7 squares.
However, as Black's correct defensive strategy is now known, this is no longer
considered dangerous.
1 62
The Meran Variation
8...b4
An opportune moment. If White now puts the knight on a4 then Black can
play ... Ba6, occupying a useful diagonal and stopping White from castling.
9 Ne2 Bb7! IO 0-0 Bd6!
An· important move, as we shall soon see.
11 Nf4 0-0 I2 Ng5
Now White is ready for all sorts of tactical fun based on sacrificing on e6, e.g.
12 . . . Qe7 13 Nfxe6 fxe6 14 e4 h6 1 5 Nxe6, Y.Razuvaev-R.Vaganian, Vilnius
1971.
It's a pity that Black now has the opportunity to be a spoilsport!
I2 ... Bxf4!
Taking all the venom out of White's approach.
1 3 exf4 e5
The standard counter, biting at White's centre and opening up for the remain
ing bishop.
14 Be3 h6 I5 Nf3 ReS I6 Rei (Diagram 4) I6 ... Ng4!?
16 . . . Ba6 is an interesting choice, with the idea that 17 Re 1 c4 yields a queen
side majority and a good share of available space. White should instead reply
with 17 dxc5! Bxfl 18 Qxfl, when he has excellent compensation for the ex
change: two bishops, a pawn and the useful-looking passed c-pawn.
So the natural 1 6 ... Qe7 is simplest.
I7 Bd2 a5 IS h3 Ngf6 I 9 Be3 Qe7 20 Rei Rfd8 2I f5?1
White tries to make something out of his bishop pair. After a quieter continua
tion such as 21 Qe2 Bd5, chances would be about equal.
2 1...e5! 22 Bf4
White hopes that by obtaining an entry route into Black's camp he will obtain
enough play.
22 ... Bxf3 23 Qxf3 exd4 24 Rxe8 Rxe8 25 Qb7 Qd8! 26 Bxe5? Nxe5 27
Rxe5 Rei+ 0-I
White finally sees the problem: 28 Kh2 Ng4+! 29 hxg3 Qh4 mate.
Game 57
0 A.Vyzmanavin • M.Sorokin
USSR Championship 1 99 1
I d 4 d5 2 e4 e6 3 Ne3 e6 4 e3 Nf6 5 Nf3 Nbd7 6 Bd3 dxe4 7 Bxe4 b5 8 Be2
This modest retreat has its points, one of them being that an eventual . . . c5xd4
can be met by Qxd4, whereas a possible ... c5-c4 by Black doesn't gain a tempo
(which it would do if the bishop were on d3).
8 ... Bb7 (Diagram 5)
1 63
Starti ng Out: Slav and Semi-Slav
Diagram 5 Diagram 6
9 e4 or 9 0-0 ? White's development is easier
9 0-0
An amazing alternative is 9 e4 b4 10 e5 bxc3 1 1 exf6 cxb2 12 fxg7 bxa1Q 13
gxh8Q Qa5+ 14 Nd2 Qf5 15 0-0 0-0-0 with four queens and equal chances !
9 ... a6
The most common move here, which defends the b-pawn and thus prepares
. . . c6-c5. An alternative is 9 . . . Be7 10 e4 b4 (the other way of preparing . . . c6-c5 is
to move the b-pawn off the exposed b5-square) 1 1 e5 bxc3 12 exf6 Bxf6 1 3 bxc3
c5 14 dxc5 0-0 15 Ba3 Be7 with a satisfactory game as in S.Volkov
A. Filipenko, Kazan 1995.
10 e4 c5 11 e5 Nd5 12 a4!
A key move in this line. Black now has to commit his queenside pawns.
1 2 ... b4
The inferior 12 . . . Nxc3 13 bxc3 c4 14 Ng5 yields White some pressure, e.g.
14 ... Be7 1 5 Bf3 with advantage, L. Christiansen-G.Flear, Szirak Interzonal
1987.
13 Ne4 cxd4 14 Bg5 Qa5 15 Qxd4 (Diagram 6)
White has the easier development and Black's dark-squared bishop has prob
lems emerging.
15 ... h6 16 Bh4 Qb6 17 Qd2 . .
The exchange of queens would ease Black's defence. The solid knight outpost
on d5 would then limit White's options.
17 ... Nc5 18 Nxc5 Bxc5 19 a5 Qa7 20 Rfc1 0-0 21 Bd3 Rfc8
Black completes development, but his king lacks support.
22 Rc4!
1 64
The Meran Variation
Using the c4-square to lift the rook in the direction of Black's king.
22 ... Bc6 23 Rg4 Kf8?!
An imprecision. Instead the tricky 23 ... Ne3! 24 Rg3 Kf8!, I.Khenkin
R. Sherbakov, USSR 1 989, would leave the issue unclear. Now White's pres
sure becomes dangerous as there are many pieces hovering in the vicinity of
the black king.
24 Re1!? Qc7?!
In view of what follows, exchanging off a pair of pieces with 24 . . . Be7 would be
wiser.
25 Bh7!
A killing move, threatening 26 Qxh6. The rest is a rout.
25 ... g5 26 Nxg5 hxg5 27 Qxg5 Ke8 28 Qg8+ Kd7 29 Qxf7+ Ne7 30 Bxe7
Bxe7 31 Rd4+ Bd5 32 Rxd5+! 1-0
After 32 . . . exd5 then 33 Qxd5+ Bd6 (or 33 . . . Ke8 34 Bg6+) 34 Bf5+.
With White having the p awn-wedge on e5, Black has to be careful about cas
tling as his pieces may not be able to help in the defence.
long diagonal. Mter 18 ... Nd5 19 h4! Qb8 20 Bd2 Rfd8 2 1 h5, White has attack
ing chances.
Diagram 7 Diagram 8
Black will regain the pawn Black's king is vulnerable
1 66
The Meran Variation
Game 59
0 W.Uhlmann • B.Larsen
Candidates match, Las Palmas 1 97 1
1 c4 Nf6 2 Nc3 e6 3 Nf3 d5 4 d4 c6 5 e3 Nbd7 6 Bd3 dxc4 7 Bxc4 b5 8 Bd3
Bb7 9 e4 b4
Gaining time for the implemntation of ... c6-c5.
10 Na4 c5 1 1 e5 Nd5 (Diagram 9)
Diagram 9 Diagram 10
A tabiya An ideal Black disposition
1 67
Starti n g Out: Slav and Semi-Slav
a) I4 0-0 h6 I5 Nd2 0-0 (here it's the kingside) I6 Ne4 Bd4 I 7 Nd6 Bc6 IS
Bh7+ Kxh7 I9 Qxd4 f6 20 Bd2 fxe5 2 I Qe4+ KgS 22 Qxe5 Qd7, T.Radjabov
A. Shirov, Sarajevo 2003.
b) I4 Ng5 Qc7 I5 0-0 0-0-0 (going long!) I6 Qc2 KbS, R.Vera-I.Novikov, Saint
Vincent 2002.
14 ... Ke7 15 0-0
Mter I5 Bg5+ f6 I6 Bh4 Qa5, Black is very active, so his king isn't a major
ISSUe.
15 ... Qb6 16 Bd3 h6 17 Qe2 Rhd8 18 Bd2 Kf8 19 Racl Rac8 (Diagram 10)
Black has completed development and has the superior minor pieces. His king
isn't complaining either! White doesn't have anything particularly positive to
do.
20 Rc2 a5 21 Rfcl Kg8 22 h3 Ne7!
A new phase. The knight takes a rest from the front, giving his rook and
bishop more scope.
23 Ne l Bd4 24 Rxc8 Rxc8 25 Rxc8+ Nxc8 26 b3 Ne7 27 Nf3 Bc5 28 Bel
Exchanges haven't dented the pressure of Black's bishops.
28 ...Nf5 29 Kfl Qc6 30 Bb5 Qc7 3 1 Bd3 Nd4 32 Nxd4 Bxd4
Now the advanced e-pawn is under threat.
33 f4 Qcl 34 Qd2 Qal 35 Qc2 Bc3 36 Qb l Ba6! 0-1
A good example of White's long-term problems if he loses the initiative.
Game 60
0 G.Vallin • G.Fiear
French League, Clermont-Ferrand 2003
1 d4 d5 2 c4 c6 3 Nc3 Nf6 4 e3 e6 5 Nf3 Nbd7'6 Bd3 dxc4 7 Bxc4 b5 8 Bd3
Bb7 9 e4 b4 10 Na4 c5 1 1 e5 Nd5 12 0-0 h6!
A prophylactic approach. This little move avoids any problems with the g5-
square and bypasses the heavy theory following I2 . . . cxd4 (see Game 6I).
1 3 Rel
White can simply complete his queenside development with I3 Bd2 ReS I4
Rei , but after I4 ... cxd4 I5 Nxd4 Rxci I6 Bxci Qa5 I 7 Rei a6 I8 Bd2 g5!? (to
undermine the e-pawn with . . . Bg7 etc.), the players reached a dynamic equi
librium in Z.Ribli-M.Illescas Cordoba, Groningen I993.
13 ... Rc8 �- ·
1 68
The Meran Variation
Diagram 11 Diagram 12
An excellent knight on d5 W h ite has weaknesses
17 ...Nxe31
Another example in the Meran of Black not being afraid of having a displaced
king. I suppose that, at first sight, trading off Black's superb knight for
White's bishop may seem a paradoxical choice. However, what's important is
what's left on the chessboard: Black's bishop will prove to be the superior mi
nor piece.
0
NOTE: What matters is not what is exchanged off but what's
left on the board!
18 Bxc6+ Rxc6 19 Qxd8+ Kxd8 20 Rxe3 Bc5 21 Rd3+ Ke7 22 Radl Rhc81
23 b3 Bb6 24 Kfl Rc2 25 R3d2 Rxd2 26 Rxd2 Rc5 (Diagram 12)
Equal and almost symmetrical pawns, but White has some weaknesses: e5
and f2 come under scrutiny and he'll have to keep a2 protected along the sec
ond rank.
27 Nd4 a5 28 g3 g51 29 Kg2 g4 30 Rc2 Rc3 31 Rxc3
Instead 3 1 Rd2 would be very passive for White after 3 1 . . .h5.
31 ...bxc3 32 Nc2 Bc7
The e-pawn falls, giving Black good winning chances in the ending that fol
lows.
33 f4 gxf3+ 34 Kxf3 Bxe5 35 Ke4 Kd6 36 Ne3 f5+ 37 Kd3 Kc5 38 Nc4 Bd4
39 Nxa5 e5 40 a3 e4+ 41 Kc2 Bgl 42 h3 B£2
White's queenside pawns are no match for his opponent's, especially as Black
has the advantage of having a long-range bishop.
43 b4+ Kd5 44 Kxc3 Bxg3 45 Kd2 f4 46 Nb3 f3 4 7 Ke3 Bc7 48 a4 Bb6+ 49
K,d2 Kc4 50 a5 Ba7 5 1 Ncl Kxb4 52 a6 Ka3 0-1
1 69
Starti n g Out: Slav a n d Sem i-Slav
Game 61
0 M.lllescas Cordoba • V.Kramnik
Madrid 1 993
1 Nf3 d5 2 d4 c6 3 c4 Nf6 4 Nc3 e6 5 e3 Nbd7 6 Bd3 dxc4 7 Bxc4 b5 8 Bd3
Bb7 9 e4 b4 10 Na4 c5 1 1 e5 Nd5 12 0-0 cxd4
The main continuation in the Wade Variation.
13 Re1
Here 13 Nxd4!? is a venomous gambit, against which it's hard to avoid getting
stung. Black's best is probably 13 . . . Nxe5 14 Bb5+ Nd7 15 Re1 ReS 16 Qh5 g6
17 Qe5 Qf6 18 Nf3 Bg7 with equal chances, V.Akopian-Y.Dokhoian, USSR
Championship 1991.
13 ... g6 14 Bg5 Qa5 15 Nxd4 a6
Unfortunately 15 ... Bg7? is dubious because of 16 Bb5 a6 1 7 Bxd7+ Kxd7 1 8
Nb3 ! with a strong initiative.
16 a3! (Diagram 13)
Diagram 13 Diagram 14
The critical variation Black wriggles out
1 70
The Meran Variation
Diagram 15 Diagram 16
The Reynolds Variation A sharp pawn sacrifice
1 71
Starting Out: Slav and Semi-Slav
The pawn wedge can only be challenged directly by Black at the cost of serious
risks to his own king; for instance 1 l . . . exd5?! 12 e5 Ng4 13 Bg5 is frankly too
dangerous. Another idea 1 l . ..e5, blocking the centre, is met by 12 b3 when
White hopes that his protected passed pawn will give him the better chances.
Black's most popular options these days leave the centre fluid, and he relies on
active pieces to keep him afloat. For instance, one of the main lines runs
1 l . . .c4 12 Bc2 Qc7 13 dxe6 fxe6 14 Ng5 Nc5 15 e5!? (Black can get away with
taking the pawn, although White's initiative can be annoying . . . ) 15 . . . Qc6! 16 f3
Nfd7 17 Nxh7 Nxe5 seems fine for him. There, as in a number of variations,
White's pawn preponderance in the centre offers him some tactical possibili
ties, and Black will often have to put up with an isolated e-pawn.
1 1...Qc7 12 dxe6 fxe6 13 Bc2!?
The bishop can sometimes be exposed on the d-file, especially as Black may
play a timely . . . c5-c4. However, now that White has spent time anticipating
this possibility, Black decides to continue with development, 'saving a tempo'
by not advancing the c-pawn.
13 ... Bd6 14 Ng5
Hitting the isolated e-pawn and preparing to get the f-pawn rolling.
14 ...Nf8 15 f4 0-0-0
Black's queenside majority can enable him to obtain a passed .pawn in the
endgame, but before then he hopes to use it as a shield for his king.
16 Qe 1 e5 17 Nd5!? (Diagram 1 6)
A sharp pawn sacrifice in order to play for the initiative. Instead, the quieter
17 fxe5 Bxe5 18 Nf3 Ne6 has been shown to be adequate for Black, who has a
grip on some key central squares.
1 7 ... Bxd5! ?
Giving u p the bishop is a controversial decision a s the light squares may prove
to be fallible. Instead 17 . . . Nxd5 18 exd5 exf4 19 Bd2 b4 20 Rc1 Kb8 21 Bb3 a5
22 a3 also proved to be double-edged in M.Krasenkov-Z.Almasi, Polanica Zdroj
2000.
18 exd5 exf4 19 a4
Shirov isn't counting pawns; he just wants to open avenues of approach to
Black's king.
19 ...b4! 20 Qe2 c4 21 b3 h6 22 Ne6 Nxe6 23 dxe6 Nd5 ! 24 bxc4
White shouldn't exchange queens: 24 Qxc4? Qxc4.25 bxc4 Bc5+ 26 Kh1 Ne3 27
Bxe3 fxe3 would favour Black.
24 ... Nc3 25 Qf3 Qb7?!
The first slip. Shirov instead suggests 25 ... Kb8 and, after 26 Kh1, judges the
position to be unclear.
26 Qh3 Kb8 27 Kh 1 Qc7 28 Bb2 Be5?
1 72
The Meran Variation
This turns out to be too slow. Black should support his knight by taking the
plunge with 28 . . . Qxc4 29 Bd3 Qc6, although Shirov feels that White has an
edge after 30 Rfc 1 ! .
2 9 Rae l Bf6 30 Bg6 Qxc4 3 1 Qf3 B e 7 3 2 Rei
Ba.ttering away from all directions.
32 ... Rc8
If 32 . . . Qxe6, then Shirov intended 33 Bxc3 Qxg6 34 Be5+ Bd6 35 Rc6.
33 Bxc3 bxc3 34 Rbl+ Bb4 35 Rxb4+ Qxb4 36 Rbl Qxbl+ 37 Bxbl g5 38
h4 Rc5 39 Qd3 1-0
Game 63
0 L.B.Hansen • M.lllescas Cordoba
Moscow 1 994
1 d4 d5 2 c4 c6 3 Nf3 Nf6 4 Nc3 e6 5 e3 Nbd7 6 Bd3 dxc4 7 Bxc4 b5 8 Bd3
a6 9 e4 c5 10 d5 Qc7 1 1 0-0 Bb7 12 dxe6 fxe6 13 Bc2 Be7!?
By developing the bishop to this modest square Black intends to meet any
threat to the e-pawn with . . . Qc6.
14 Ng5 Qc6 15 Qf3 h6 16 Qh3 (Diagram 1 7)
Diagram 17 Diagram 18
Attacking the e 6 weakness Remarkable!
Pressing against Black's most obvious soft spot. Black's most dynamic ap
proach is not to go too passive with 16 . . .Nf8, but instead to sacrifice the ex
change to seize the initiative.
16...hxg5! 17 Qxh8+ Kf7 18 Qh3 g4 19 Qh4
Shabalov was recently successful with 19 Qe3, though this requires further
tests.
19... Ne5 20 Rd l!? Bd6
1 73
Start i n g Out: Slav a n d Sem i-S lav
Black has great minor pieces for the exchange; furthermore White will take
time to bring his bishops and rooks to effective squares. On a crowded board in
the middlegame minor pieces can be as useful as rooks.
0
NOTE: On a crowded board, exchange sacrifices for a m iddle
game i n itiative are not so unusual.
2 1 Be3?!
Probably best is 21 Bf4! Ng6 22 Rxd6, giving back the exchange for an easier
life (and a few dark squares!), e.g. 22 . . . Nxh4 23 Rxc6 Bxc6 24 Re1 and White
kept a pull in Ig.Jelen-D.Pavasovic, Vienna 1996.
2 1 . ..Bc7! 22 Rac1
Now Black has a startling combination to take the advantage.
22 ... Rh8!! (Diagram 1 8)
Giving the second rook away on the same square as the first!
23 Qxh8 Ng6
The queen is trapped despite having 13 possible moves.
24 Qd8!
Mter 24 Rd6 !? Qxd6 25 e5 White saves his queen, but then after 25 . . . Qc6 26
Bxg6+ Kxg6 27 f3 Bxe5 Black has a pawn plus excellent play £or the exchange.
24 .. ;Bxd8 25 Rxd8 b4! 26 Ne2 Nxe4
Two rooks are about the same on paper as queen and pawn, but here the black
army as a whole is a more powerful fighting unit. The rooks have few options,
whereas the long light diagonal is a problem for White.
27 Rcd1 Ne5 28 Rb8
28 Nf4 is met by 28 . . . g5.
28...Nf6 29 Nf4 g5 30 Rxb7+ Qxb7 3 1 Nd3 Nxd3 32 Bxd3 Ne4 33 Rc1 a5 34
g3 Qd5 35 Bxe4 Qxe4 36 Rxc5 Qbl+ 37 Kg2 a4 38 Rxg5 Qe4+ 39 Kg1 e5
Cutting off the rook from the queenside spells the beginning of the end.
40 Rh5 Qb l+ 41 Kg2 Qxb2 42 Rh7+ Ke6 43 Bc5 Qc2 44 Rh6+ Kf7 45 Bd6
Qc6+ 0-1
Mter the king retreats 46 . . . Qcl+ picks off the rook.
A good example of the tactical possibilities for Black in the Reynolds.
Game 64
D B.Gelfand • A.Shirov
Linares 1 997
1 d4 d5 2 c4 c6 3 Nc3 Nf6 4 Nf3 e6 5 e3 Nbd7 6 Bd3 dxc4 7 Bxc4 b5 8 Bd3
1 74
The Meran Variation
Diagram 19 Diagram 20
A double-edged option What n o wfor Black?
Black has the more ragged pawn structure, but his pieces are poised to find
active postings.
14 Qe2 Ba6
14 ... b4 15 Rd 1 Ra5!? is another way to cover the b5-square.
15 Rd1! Bc5?!
Based on more recent games, 1 5 . . . Rd8 is the preferred way of lending support
to the d-pawn, e.g. 16 Bf4 Nc5 17 Rac 1 , A.Huzman-R.Kuczynski, Ohrid 2001,
and now simply 1 7 . . . Be7. Black is well entrenched and his jumbled pawns are
well defended.
16 a3 Bb7
Shirov doesn't need much persuading to go over to 'active mode'. He ditches
the weak b-pawn for attacking chances.
17 Bxb5 Rg8! 18 b4
Shirov later recommended 18 Bf4!, intending to come to g3 and block the pres
sure on the g-file.
18 ... Be7 19 Rxd4? (Diagram 20)
Again 19 Bf4! e5 20 Bg3 is appropriate. Black's compensation for the pawn
would then be rather nebulous, though the position remains complex.
1 9 ... Qxd4!!
A surprise!
If instead 19.. Rxg2+ 20 Kf1! , Black is tangled up and probably already lost,
.
e.g. 20 ... Rd8 (if 20 . . . Bxf3, then 2 1 Bxd7+ Kd8 22 Qd3) 21 Be3 Bxf3 22 Qxf3
1 75
Starting Out: S l av and Semi-S lav
Rxf2+ (after 22 . . . Rg8, then 23 a4 will do) 2 3 Kxf2 Qxb5 24 Rgl , as Shirov
pointed out.
20 Nxd4 Bxg2
The threat of a discovered attack keeps Black alive.
2 1 Qe3 Bh3+ 22 Khl Bg2+ 23 Kgl Bh3+ 24 Qg3! Rxg3+ 25 hxg3 Bxb4 26
Bb2 Bc5!
After the middlegame excitement, we have reached a sharp ending where
Black's material advantage is just about compensated for by White's passed
pawn and the dangerous pin.
27 a4 e5 28 Nc6 Kf8! 29 a5 Nb8
Black finally frees his knight, but White's a-pawn is becoming dangerous.
30 Rcl Bd6 31 Nxb8 Rxb8 32 a6 Rxb5! 33 a7 Ra5 34 Ral Rxa7
The draw is now assured.
35 Rxa7 Kg7 36 Kh2 Be6 37 Ra8 Bc5 38 Kgl h5 39 Bel Kg6 40 Rh8 Bg4
41 Kg2 Kg7 42 Rb8 Be6 43 Rb5 Bd4 44 Rb8 %-%
Game 65
D J.Speelman • Z.Ribli
Subotica lnterzonal 1 987
1 d4 d5 2 Nf3 Nf6 3 c4 c6 4 Nc3 e6 5 e3 Nbd7 6 Bd3 dxc4 7 Bxc4 b5 8 Bd3
a6 9 e4 c5 10 e5 cxd4 11 Nxb5 Ng4
This line is both daring and provocative. If White knows his theory, however,
he seems to be able to navigate a path through the complications and obtain a
slightly favourable ending.
12 Qa4 Ngxe5 13 Nxe5 Nxe5 (Diagram 21)
Diagram 21 Diagram 22
W h ite has a double check! White has an edge
1 76
The Meran Variation
1 77
Starting Out: Slav and Semi-Slav
After 34 . . . Ra5 (or 34 . . . Nb6 35 Rxa8+ Nxa8 36 Rb8+ Kh7 37 Bd3+ g6 38 Rxa8)
35 Bxa4 Rc4, White keeps the bishop with 36 Bc2!.
Game 66
0 V.Milov • E.Bacrot
Leon 2001
Diagram 23 Diagram 24
How to recapture? Can Black stem White's attack?
The long sequence has left Black with a choice of how to recapture on f8.
1 6... Kxf8
The alternative 1 6 . . . Rxf8 is covered in Game 67.
17 a4
At present Black's queen stops White from castling. Therefore this aggressive
deflecting move, offering the b-pawn, aims to promote rapid development and
thus obtain the initiative, bearing in mind Black's awkwardly placed king.
White's main alternative is 17 b3, and then after 17 . . . Nd5 18 a4 Qd3, he has to
decide between sacrificing the b-pawn anyway with 19 Qe2 Qxb3 20 0-0 Qc2
21 Rfc 1 d3 22 Qe 1 Qb2, E.Bareev-A.Yusupov, Linares 1993, or damaging his
own pawns with 19 Qf3 Qxf3 20 gx£3 Ke7 2 1 Ke2 Rhb8, T.Halasz-G.Mann,
Hungarian Team Championship 1994. In either case Black seems to be fine.
NOTE: Having by far the safer king is often worth a small mate
rial i nvestment.
1 78
The Meran Variation
179
Starti n g Out: Slav and Sem i-Slav
Diagram 25 Diagram 26
White has lost control The endgame is drawn
39 ... Ng3!
A great resource threatening mate, which Milov presumably overlooked.
40 Qa6 Nhl + 41 Ke2 Rgl 42 Qd3! Rxg2+ 43 Kfl Rgl + 44 Ke2 Rel +
Black is two pawns up in the following ending and has every right to play for a
w1n.
45 Kxel Qxd3 46 Qe2! Qbl+ 4 7 Qdl Qxdl+
If 47 . . . Qb5 White has 48 Qe2.
48 Kxdl Nf2+
Otherwise 48 . . . g5 is interesting, but White can draw with the following con
tinuation pointed out by Milov: 49 Ke2 h5 50 Kfl h4 51 Kg2 Ng3 52 hxg3 hxg3
53 Kh3 Kg6 54 Kg4.
49 Ke2 Nh3 50 Kfl Kg6 5 1 Kg2 Ng5 52 Bxf4 (Diagram 26)
Black has some chances, but Milov now defends well to earn the draw.
52 ... Kf5 53 Bel e5 54 Kg3 Ne6 55 Bd2 Nd4 56 Bb4 h5 57 Ba5 g6 58 Bb4
Ke6 59 Ba5 Kd5 60 Kf2 Ne6 61 Bb6 Ne7 62 Bd8 Nf5 63 Ke2 Nd4+ 64 Ke3
Nf5+ 65 Ke2 Ke6 66 Kd3 Nd6 67 Ke3 Kf5 68 Kf2 Kf4 69 Be7 Ne4 70 Bb4
g5 71 h3 Nb6 72 Bd2+ Kf5 73 Ba5 Nd5 74 Kg3 Nf4 75 Bd8 h4+ 76 Kh2
Ne6 77 Bb6 Kf4 78 Kg2 Nd4 79 Kf2 Nxf3 80 Be3+ Ke4 81 Bel!
The point is that Black has to give a pawn back. · ·
81. .. Nd4 82 Bxg5 Nf5 83 Ke2 Kd4 84 Kf3 e4+ 85 Kg4 Ke5 86 Bf4+ Ke6 87
Bel lf2-lf2
With Black losing the right to castle and White ahead in development, Black
has to defend with care in this line. So the safer alternatives on move 18 might
be easier to handle.
1 80
The Me ran Variation
Game 67
0 Y.Kruppa • S.Vysochin
Kiev 2000
1 d4 d5 2 c4 c6 3 Nc3 Nf6 4 e3 e6 5 Nf3 Nbd7 6 Bd3 dxc4 7 Bxc4 b5 8 Bd3
a6 � e4 c5 10 e5 cxd4 1 1 Nxb5 Nxe5 12 Nxe5 axb5 13 Bxb5+ Bd7 14 Nxd7 '
Qa5+ 1 5 Bd2 Qxb5 1 6 Nxf8 Rxf8 1 7 a4 (Diagram 27)
1 7... Qc4
In this position 17 . . . Qxb2 18 Rb1 Qa2 19 0-0 looks even more dangerous for
Black than in Game 66, as Black's king is stuck in the centre for the time be
ing.
18 b3 Qd3 19 Qf3
Following 19 Bh4 Qe4+ 20 Qe2 Rg8 (In a courageous mood Korchnoi once tried
the dubious-looking 20 . . . Qxg2?! 2 1 0-0-0 Qb7), M. Ezsol-P.Kiss, Hungarian
Team Championship 1 993, we reach a typical struggle between the queenside
and central pawns.
The sharpest line 19 Qe2 Qxb3 20 0-0 Rxa4 21 Qe5 Nd7 led to an exciting
draw in I.Ibragimov-P.Lukacs, Budapest 1992.
19 ...Qe4+ 20 Qxe4 Nxe4 21 b4 Ke7 (Diagram 28)
This position has been played a few times. White has two connected passed
queenside pawns and, in return, only one of Black's central couplet is passed.
White hopes that this factor will be enough to tip the balance in his favour.
22 Ke2!?
Otherwise 22 f3 Nc3 2 3 Bxc3 dxc3 24 Ke2 Rfd8 led to a draw in V.Kramnik
G.Kasparov, Wijk aan Zee 1 999. The text is the last word in this line and the
best chance for White to keep some advantage into the ending.
181
Starti n g Out: Slav a n d Sem i-Slav
�
TIP: In endings when facing a passed pawn, getting a rook be
hind the passed pawn is often a very effective defensive ploy.
It often happens in simplified Merans that White has a bishop and passed
queenside pawn (plus rooks), whereas Black has knight and a. 4 vs. 3 kingside
majority (plus rooks). In these cases the d5-square is a useful (virtually un
touchable) outpost that limits White's winning chances.
Summary
In the Meran with 8 ... a6, I consider the Reynolds Variation and right down the
main line with 10 e5 to be the most dangerous for Black. The Reynolds leads to
a double-edged middlegame, whereas 10 e5 leads to long forcing variations
that often go deep into the ending.
Although Black seems to have adequate drawing chances in the latter, I have
a personal preference for 8 . . . Bb7, which I consider to offer better winning
chances.
In any case there's quite a bit of theory to learn when White goes for the criti
cal stuff.
1 82
Chapter Eleven
B l ac k Avo i d s t h e M e ra n
m ,, Introd u ction
Introduction
Not everyone wants to get involved in a major theoretical discussion. So these
lesser lines are often an attempt to avoid the serious theory associated with
the Meran Variation of Chapter 10. The aim is to get on with standard devel
opment behind the present pawn front and put off until later the resolution of
the central tension.
A common drawback, as we'll see throughout this chapter, is that Black has
problems getting his light-squared bishop into action.
1 d4 d5 2 c4 c6 3 Nf3 Nf6 4 Nc3 e6 5 e3 Nbd7 6 Bd3
Diagram 1 , . Diagram 2
The Classical 6 . . . Bd6 Black breaks with . . . e6-e5
This move was played so often by the American GM Arthur Bisguier that it
could quite reasonably be called the Bisguier Variation. Although this seems
to be the most natural developing move available, it puts no pressure on
White's centre. Instead, pinning with 6 . . . Bb4 is known as the Romih Variation.
Black hopes to delay White's inevitable e3-e4 and get his development further
1 84
Black Avo ids the Meran
advanced before the centre opens up. However, it isn't that effective, as White
can immediately chase the bishop away with 7 a3! .
7 e4
7 0-0 0-0 8 e4 is also fairly common, but this gives Black the added option of
8 . . . dxc4 9 Bxc4 e5 10 Bg5 Qe7, when Black has made progress in his quest to
libe�ate his queenside pieces while retaining a certain solidity.
The quieter 7 Qc2 transposes to a typical position from Chapter 12, but it's
rare to see this position occur via this particular move order. The reason being
that 7 e4 and 7 0-0 0-0 8 e4 are recognised as simpler ways to keep an edge.
7 . dxe4
. .
The alternative 7 . . . dxc4 8 Bxc4 e5 now fails to impress due to 9 dxe5 Nxe5 10
Nxe5 Bxe5 11 Qxd8+ Kxd8 12 Bxf7 Bxc3+ 13 bxc3 Nxe4, when White's bishop
pair in the open position gives him a pleasant edge.
8 Nxe4 Nxe4 9 Bxe4 0-0
As White hasn't yet castled Black has the option of giving a check on b4 to ex
change off a pair of bishops, e.g. 9 . . . Bb4+ 10 Bd2 Bxd2+ 1 1 Qxd2 c5 12 0-0-0
cxd4 13 Qxd4, or even 9 . . . Nf6 10 Bc2 Bb4+ 11 Bd2 Qa5 12 a3 Bxd2+ 13 Qxd2
Qxd2+ 14 Kxd2 Ke7 15 Rhe 1, but in either case White can count on retaining a
pull. As so often happens in these lines, Black will have his work cut out to get
his queen's bishop into the game.
10 0-0 h6
Prudently covering the g5-square with ... e6-e5 in mind. Alternatively 10 ... Nf6
1 1 Bc2 c5 aims to reclaim some space and central freedom.
1 1 Bc2 e5 (Diagram 2)
In this position White has to choose between 12 Re 1, 12 Qd3 and 12 b3. It's a
moot point which is best; in each case White should be able to keep a slight
initiative into the middlegame. Black, on the other hand, has kept his pawn ,
structure intact and dreams of getting his light-squared bishop into play along
the c8-h3 diagonal at some point, when he shouldn't be far from equalising.
Theoretical?
Not really. Both sides can get by without much book knowledge.
Statistics
The stodgy lines 6 . . . Bd6 (1983 games) and 6 . . . Bb4 (389 games) have scored
badly over the years, only 37% and 36% respectively.
Game 68
D G.Kasparov • J.Van der Wiel
Brussels 1 987
1 d4 d5 2 c4 c6 3 Nc3 Nf6 4 e3 e6 5 Nf3 Nbd7 6 Bd3 Bb4 7 a3!
1 85
Starti n g Out: Slav and Semi-Slav
White can play this with a clear conscience as Black doesn't really want to ex
change off his 'best' bishop for a mere knight. Essentially 7 . . . Bxc3+ would be
asking for trouble on the dark squares.
Alternatively, 7 0-0 0-0 8 Bd2 Qe7 9 a3 Bd6 10 c5 Bc7 1 1 e4 dxe4 12 Bxe4! also
gave White an edge in L.Portisch-R.Hiibner, Tilburg 1986.
7 .. Ba5 8 0-0 0-0 9 Qc2 dxc4 10 Bxc4 Bc7 11 Ba2 e5 1 2 h3 (Diagram 3)
.
Diagram 3 Diagra� 4
Black's position is passive White to play
1 86
Black Avoids the Meran
15 Rad1 exd4
Mter 15 ... Qf6 White has the strong reply 16 Nd5 ! .
16 Bxd4 Q e 7 1 7 e5! Nf8? (Diagram 4)
Instead 17 . . . Nf4 would be a more logical continuation, but Kasparov intended
to meet this by 18 Rfe1 Ne6 19 Ne4 Nxd4 20 Rxd4 Nxe5 2 1 Nxe5 Bxe5 22 Nd6
with advantage.
18 Nb5!
A bolt from the blue!
18 ... Ne6
The main point is that 18 . . .cxb5 19 Bc5 traps Black's queen.
19 Bxe6 fxe6 20 Nxc7 Qxc7 21 Qg6 Qf7 22 Qxf7+ Kxf7 23 Be3
Black is saddled with two poor minor pieces.
23 ... Rf8 24 Rd4 Kg8 25 Rfd1 b6 26 Rh4 Rf5 27 Nd4 1-0
Black never did get his queen's bishop out!
The danger for Black in these lines is that he finds it hard to complete devel
opment and, as a general rule, White's position is easier to play.
Game 69
D H.Stefansson • L.E.Johannessen
Reykjavik 2001
1 d4 e6 2 c4 d5 3 Nf3 c6 4 e3 Nf6 5 Bd3
White's move-order can be annoying for out-and-out Semi-Slav players. The
surest path here is often considered to be 5 . . . dxc4 6 Bxc4 c5 transposing to a
Queen's Gambit Accepted, but that's not everyone's cup of tea! . Digressing
slightly, if Black employs a pure Slav move order, i.e. 1 d4 d5 2 c4 c6 3 Nf3
Nf6, then 4 e3 can be met by 4 . . . Bg4, 4 . . . Bf5 or even 4 . . . g6, rather than 4 . . . e6.
5 ...Nbd7 6 0-0 dxc4
Here 6 . . . Bd6 7 Nbd2 is calm enough, but after 7 . . . 0-0 8 e4, it. gets more lively
following the fine reaction 8 . . . e5!.
7 Bxc4 Bd6
An interesting alternative is to play in Meran-style with 7 . . . b5 8 Bd3, and then
. . . Bb7 or . . . a 7 -a6, e.g.
a) 8 . . . Bb7 9 e4 Be7 10 Bg5 a6 1 1 Nbd2 h6 12 Bh4 g5 13 Bg3 Nh5 14 Nb3 Nxg3
15 hxg3 c5, S.Halkias-I. Cosma, Cappelle la Grande 2002.
b) 8 . . . a6 always seems a little odd with White's knight not already on c3, as
the counter . . . b5-b4 (hitting the knight), commonplace in a 'real' Meran, is not
available here. However, it's not really clear that White can gain any profit
from avoiding (or further delaying) his knight coming to c3. For example, 9 e4
Bb7 10 e5 Nd5 1 1 Ng5 Be7 12 Qh5 Bxg5 13 Bxg5 Qb6 14 Qh4 c5,
N.Lomineishvili-E.Cosma, European Team Championship 200 1 .
1 87
startin g Out: Slav and Semi-Slav
Diagram 5 .Diagram 6
How should White continue? A key moment
In practice Black has done well from this position, as he retains solidity and
has a reasonable hold on the centre. His main problem is the usual one: how to
develop the queen's bishop without making concessions elsewhere. To this end
the text, pressing down the d-file, is a good move. 1 1 . . .h6 12 Bh4 Rd8 is simi
lar.
12 d5
White can try to maintain the tension with 12 Qe2, but after 12 ... h6 13 Bh4
exd4 14 Nxd4 Nb6 15 Nf3 g5 16 Bg3 Bxg3 17 hxg3 Nxc4 18 Qxc4 Be6 19 Qe2
Nd7, Black had found a way to get his bishop o.ut and had fully equalised in
M.Illescas Cordoba-V.Akopian, Linares 1995.
Instead 12 Qc2?! exd4 13 e5 doesn't break down Black's defences: 1 3 ... Nxe5 14
Nxe5 (14 Ne4? is met by 14 . . . Nxf3+ 15 gxf3 Be6) 14 ... Bxe5 15 f4 dxc3 16 Rxe5
cxb2 17 Qxb2 Qd6 18 Rae 1 b5 and Black is better.
The similar variation 12 Qb3?! exd4 13 e5 is seen in the next game.
12 ...Nb6
I prefer an alternative route: 12 . . .h6 13 Bh4 Nf8!? 14 dxc6 bxc6 15 Qc2 Ng6 16
Bg3 Nh5, as in D. Schlecht-I.Khenkin, Munster 1997, when Black obtains
counterplay. . '
1 3 Bb3 Bg4
The bishop emerges, only to now get kicked out of play!
14 h3 Bh5
Instead 14 ... Bxf3 15 Qxf3 Nbd7 16 dxc6 bxc6 leaves White with a small pull
for two reasons: he has the bishop pair, plus some prospects of tying Black
down to his fractured queenside.
1 88
Black Avoids the Meran
1 5 g4 Bg6 16 Nh4
Naturally 16 dxc6 bxc6 1 7 Nh4 also comes into consideration.
16 ... Bb4 1 7 Qf3 cxd5 1 8 exd5 Rac8 1 9 Rad1 Nc4 (Diagram 6)
A key moment. Both sides are fully mobilised and White has to decide if he can
find anything stronger than 20 Bxc4, which would offer no advantage.
20 Nxg6 hxg6 2 1 d6!? Rxd6 22 Rxd6 Qxd6
After 22 . . . Bxd6 White can pin with 23 Ne4 and, following 23 . . . b5 24 Rd1, has
an annoying initiative. He will win back the pawn soon enough by capturing
twice on f6.
23 Qxb7 Rb8 24 Qf3 Nd2
Otherwise 24 . . . Nxb2 25 Ne4 yields attacking chances for White.
25 Bxd2 Qxd2 26 Re2 Qcl+ 27 Kg2
Black is slightly inconvenienced due to the pressure on f7, so he now seeks
solace in simplification.
27 ... Bxc3 28 bxc3 e4 29 Qe3 Qxe3 30 Rxe3 g5 3 1 f3!
After this White obviously has the advantage: Black's 3 vs. 2 majority is going
nowhere, whereas White has a passed pawn. Furthermore with active pieces
and the advantage of bishop vs. knight in an open position, White is clearly on
top.
3l...exf3+ 32 Kxf3 ReS 3 3 c4 Rc5 34 Re7 a5 35 Ke3 Kf8 36 Ra7
With Kd4 coming and the knight dominated, the result is no longer in doubt.
36 ... Re5+ 3 7 Kd4 Re4+ 38 Kc5 Re3 39 Kb6 Rxh3 40 c5 a4 41 Rxa4 1-0
Game 70
0 J.Lautier • V.Anand
Monaco (blindfold) 2000
1 d4 d5 2 c4 c6 3 Nc3 Nf6 4 e3 e6 5 Nf3 Nbd7 6 Bd3 Bd6 7 0-0 0-0 8 e4
dxc4 9 Bxc4 e5 10 Bg5 Qe7 1 1 Re 1 Rd8 12 Qb3?!
A sharp attempt that falls short in the face of cool defence. 12 d5 is better (see
Game 69).
12 ... exd4 13 e5 Nxe5 14 Ne4?
14 Nxe5 Bxe5 15 f4 dxc3 16 Rxe5 cxb2 17 Rae1 Be6 18 Qxb2 Qc7 19 Bxe6 fxe6
left White lacking compensation and fighting for equality in A.Beni
A.Bisguier, Vienna 1952.
14 ...b5! (Diagram 7) 15 Nxd6 Nxf3+ 1 6 Qxf3 Qxd6 17 Bxb5 Bd7 1 8 Bd3
ReS
Things have quietened down and Black has emerged with an extra pawn, for
which the bishop pair is insufficient compensation.
19 h3 Nd5 20 Re4 h6 21 Bh4 Qb4 22 b3 f5! 23 Rxe8+ Rxe8 24 Bg3 Qc3 25
Rd1 Kh8? !
1 89
Starting O u t : Slav and Semi-Slav
Diagram 7 Diagram 8
Taking the pressure off White has drawing chances
1 90
B l ack Avoids the Meran
Game 71
0 A.Poluljahov • J.Geller
Krasnodar 2001
1 Nf3 d5 2 d4 c6 3 c4 e6 4 Nbd2 Nf6 5 e3 Nbd7 6 Bd3 Bd6 7 0-0 0-0 8 e4
dxe4 9 Nxe4 Nxe4 10 Bxe4 (Diagram 9)
Diagram 9 Diagram 1 0
A moment of decision for Black Combination time
10 ...Nf6
Of Black's alternatives to the most common move 10 ...h6 (Games 72-73),
10 . . . Qc7 is probably the most robust. However, after 11 Bc2 c5 12 Re1 Rd8 1 3
dxc5 Bxc5 14 Qe2, Black will struggle t o equalise, e.g. 14 ... Nf8 15 Bd2 b 6 1 6
Rad1 Bb7 1 7 Be4 Ng6 1 8 h4 Bxe4 19 Qxe4 ReS 20 b4 and White had the ini
tiative on both wings in R.Vaganian-A.Miles, Hastings 1974175.
11 Bc2 c5 12 Bg5
The powerful pin reminds Black that he could have played 10 . . . h6.
1 2 ... h6 13 Bh4 cxd4 14 Qxd4 g5?!
As Black lacks development he can't really expect to get away with such a
risky advance in front of his king. Better is 14 . . . Be7 15 Qc3 Qc7 16 Rad1 Bd7
17 Ne5 Bc6, L.Basin-M.Corvi, Rome 1990, and White is restricted to a small
pull. Black is solid and has solved the problem of his queen's bishop, although
White can play the middlegame with the advantage of having the pair of bish
ops.
15 Rad 1 ! Bxh2+ 16 Kxh2 Qxd4 17 Rxd4 gxh4 18 Ne5!
The h-pawn is not going to run away, so keeping the light-squared bishop from
developing is the best idea.
18 ...Kg7 19 Rfd1 b6 20 Rxh4 Rh8
1 91
Starti n g Out: Slav and Semi-Slav
After 20 . . . Bb7 2 1 Rd3 h5 22 Rf4 the pressure tells, e.g. 22 . . . Ng4+ 23 Nxg4
hxg4 24 Rd 7!.
2 1 Rd3 h5 22 Rg3+ Kf8 (Diagram 10)
Black is on the ropes so it's no surprise that there's a combination coming . . .
Diagram 1 1 Diagram 1 2
The c8-bishop needs t o develop · Rook on the seventh
Yet again, Black's chances to get out of the opening and into the middlegame
with a respectable position depend upon him finding a way to develop his
queen's bishop.
16 Re1!
1 92
Black Avo ids the Meran
More precise than 16 Bf4?! Be6! 1 7 Qxe6? (correct is 1 7 Qc3 Nxf3+ 18 Qxf3
Bd5 which is just equal) 1 7 . . . Nxf3+ 1 8 gxf3 Bxf4, as White would then sud
denly find himself in trouble.
16 ... Qf6
16 . . . Re8! is best, as this doesn't leave White with much after 1 7 Bf4 Be6 18
Qc3 Nxf3+ 19 Qxf3 Bxf4 20 Qxf4 Qf6, C. Cruz Lopez-R.Cifuentes Parada, Am
sterdam 200 1 .
1 7 Bf4 Be6 1 8 Bxe5! Bxb3
Otherwise 18 . . . Bxe5 can be met by 19 Qxb7, when 19 . . .Rab8 20 Qxc6 Rfc8 21
Qa6 Rxc5 22 Nxe5 Rxe5 23 b3 leaves Black a pawn light.
19 Bxf6 Bxc2 20 Re7 Rxf6 21 Rxc7 (Diagram 12)
All this bloodletting has left us with a simplified endgame where the presence
of White's rook on the seventh grants him a strong initiative.
21...b6 22 Rcl Be4 23 Ne5 Kh7 24 f3 Bd5 25 a3
Maintaining a bind. Still, there is no clear breakthrough as yet.
25 ... Re6 26 f4 Be4 27 Rc3!
With the threat of Rg3. 27 cxb6?! axb6 28 Nxc6 is inferior, which allows Black
excellent counterplay with 28 . . . Rd6 intending . . . Rd2.
27 ... Rae8
Freeing the rook at the cost of a pawn.
28 Rxa7
Now 28 Rg3 can be parried by 28 . . . R6e7.
28 ...bxc5 29 Kf2
29 Rxc5 would allow 29 . . . Rd8.
It's worth remembering that endgames aren't just about material - the initia
tive is also important j ust as in the middlegame.
29 ... Kg8 30 h4 g5 31 hxg5 hxg5 32 Rg3!
Nipping Black's kingside counterplay in the bud.
32 ... g4 33 Rb3 R6e7 34 Rxe7 Rxe7 35 Rb8+ Kg7 36 Rd8 Re6 37 Rd7+ Kg8
38 Rd8+ Kg7 39 a4
The passed pawn starts to advance and Black has no satisfactory answer.
39 ... Rh6 40 Rd7+ Kf8 41 a5 c4 42 a6 c5 43 a7 Ke8 44 Rg7 c3 45 bxc3 Ra6
46 Nc4 Kd8 47 Ne3 Ra2+ 48 Kg3 Ra3 49 Nxf5 ! Rxc3+ 50 Kxg4 Ra3 5 1
Nd6 Bxg2 52 f5 Ra6 5 3 Nb7+ Kc8 5 4 Nxc5 Ra5 55 Ne6 Be4 1-0
Game 73
D R.Sherbakov • Y.Shabanov
Russian Championship 1 996
1 d4 d5 2 c4 c6 3 Nf3 Nf6 4 Nc3 e6 5 e3 Nbd7 6 Bd3 Bd6 7 e4 dxe4 8 Nxe4
1 93
Starti n g Out: Slav and Semi-Slav
Diagram 13 Diagram 1 4
How to negate W h ite's pull? White has a strong initiative
1 5 ... Qb6
The best defence could be 15 . . . Nf6 16 Qc3 c5!, limiting White's options, e.g. 17
Ne5 Be6 18 Ng6 ReS 19 Nf4 Qd6, as in J.Gustafsson-F.Lamprecht, Hamburg
1999, which soon led to a draw.
16 Qc3
With the pawn structure being symmetrical, White is relying on better devel
opment for a pull. If Black can get his queenside out then he will be OK, so
White must keep the threats coming to keep Black from mobilising.
16 ... a5 1 7 Rad1 Nf6 18 Rd6! Qb4
Others are worse, e.g. 18 . . . Re8? 19 RxeS+ NxeS 20 c5! Qc7 2 1 Qd3 !, or
18 . . . Be6? 19 Nd4 Qb4 20 Qxb4 axb4 2 1 Nxe6 fxe6 22 Bb3, or 18 . . . Qc5? 19 Rxf6!
gxf6 20 Qxf6 etc.
19 Qe5!
The attack is what interests Sherbakov.
19 ... Qxc4 20 Bd3 (Diagram 1 4) 20 ... Qg4 . ·
If instead 20 . . . Qxa2, then 21 Rxf6! gxf6 22 Qxf6 Qd5 23 Re3 and Black has
serious problems.
20 . . . Qb4!? could be the best chance, although after 21 a3 Qa4 22 Rxf6! gxf6 23
Qxf6 Qg4 24 Qxh6 Qg7 25 Qh4, White has great play for the exchange.
2 1 h3 Qh5 22 Qg3
1 94
Black Avo ids the Meran
Diagram 15 Diagram 1 6
Semi-Slav with . . . a7-a6 A square of pawns
1 95
Starting Out: Slav and Semi-S lav
Black keeps his options open. He may even switch back to a Meran-style con
tinuation, depending on White's next move.
7 b3
If 7 0-0, then 7 . . . dxc4 8 Bxc4 b5 9 Bd3 c5 gives Black a comfortable Meran.
Alternatively, the direct 7 e4 can be met by 7 . . . dxc4 8 Bxc4 c5, which looks
more like a QGA. Then 9 d5 exd5 10 Nxd5 Nxd5 1 1 Qxd5 is rebutted by
l l . . .Qe7 12 Qd3 Nb6 13 Bb3 Be6 with equal chances.
7 Bb4
...
The most precise. White now has to place his bishop on a less-active square.
8 Bd2 0-0 9 0-0 Bd6
Now, as in the Romih variation, Black drops the bishop back to its natural
posting.
10 Qc2 e5
Played with the light-squared bishop's emergence in mind.
11 cxd5 cxd5 12 e4! (Diagram 1 6)
The critical move and perhaps the only serious way to strive for a pull.
Strategy
With . . . a 7 -a6 Black is trying to angle the game towards analogous lines of the
Semi-Slav, Queen's Gambit Accepted or Semi-Tarrasch. His choice will depend
upon how White commits himself. The approach is flexible and adaptable.
Theoretical?
No, it hasn't got that way yet. However, some basic knowledge of other compa
rable opening systems is helpful.
Statistics
Although 5 . . . a6 (521 games) and 6 . . . a6 (141 games) were all the rage in the
1930's and 50's, they were then largely forgotten for decades. Now, however,
they are back with a vengeance. GMs Kobalia, Godena and M. Gurevich have
led the way in showing that the flexibility of the . . . a6-Slav can also be applied
to the Semi-Slav.
These lines have scored well, over 4 7%, with a fairly high percentage of draws
(38%). If we compare these statistics with those of the classical approach, the
conclusion is clear: if Black wants to avoid the Meran and yet seeks solidity
then 5 . . . a6/6 . . . a6 is the most successful approach.
Game 74
D G.Kasparov • Fritz X3D
New York match 2003
1 Nf3 Nf6 2 c4 e6 3 Nc3 d5 4 d4 c6 5 e3 a6!? 6 c5
1 96
Black Avo ids the Meran
After 6 . . . b6 7 cxb6 Nbd7 8 Na4 Nxb6 9 Bd2, White hopes to probe potential
weaknesses on Black's queenside.
7 b4 (Diagram 1 7)
Diagram 1 7 Diagram 18
Action o n the flank Black has n o counterplay
7 ... a5
The fashionable way is to do without this move and play uniquely in the cen
tre: 7 . . . g6! 8 Bb2 Bg7 9 Be2 Qc7 10 Qc2 (or 10 0-0 0-0 1 1 Rel e5 Y.Kruppa
S.Vysochin, St. Petersburg 2003) 10 . .. 0-0 1 1 Na4 Ne4 12 Bd3 f5 13 0-0 e5,
F.Vallejo Pons-M.Gurevich, Spanish Team Championship 2004. In this way
Black obtains space for his pieces without weakening the queenside.
8 b5 e5
A central counter is the recommended response to enemy action on the flank.
197
Starting O ut: Slav a n d Sem i-Slav
0
NOTE: Action on the flank is often best cou ntered by reaction
i n the centre.
at will.
1 1 Nd2 Be7 12 b6
Kasparov's plan is to capture Black's a-pawn which lacks support. A slow plan,
but if Black can't undertake anything positive, then it's annoying and strong!
12 ... Qd8 13 h3 0-0 14 Nb3 Bd6
A tricky move to improve the bishop's prospects, since if now 15 cxd6? then
15 . . . Nxb6 and White loses his queen.
15 Rb1 Be7?!
15 . . . Bb8 would be more logical.
16 Nxa5
Now the next phase for White is to untangle. With the centre blocked there's
no rush to commit his king.
16 ... Nb8 1 7 Bb4 Qd7 18 Rb2 Qe6 19 Qd1 Nfd7 20 a3 Qh6 21 Nb3 Bh4 22
Qd2 Nf6 23 Kd1
With the queenside secure, the king finds refuge there in order to avoid any
counterplay.
23 ... Be6 24 Kc1 Rd8 25 Rc2 Nbd7 26 Kb2 Nf8
Now it's time for the a-pawn to show what it can do.
27 a4 Ng6 28 a5 Ne7 29 a6! bxa6 30 Na5 (Diagram 1 8)
By giving back the extra pawn Kasparov seals the a-file and leaves Black with
serious positional problems on the wing. Apart from facing an imposing pro
tected passed pawn, both the a- and c-pawns are weaknesses that require sup
port.
30 ... Rdb8 31 g3 Bg5 32 Bg2 Qg6 33 Ka1 Kh8 34 Na2 Bd7 35 Bc3 Ne8 36
Nb4 Kg8 37 Rb1
Black has no targets at all and so White can build up calmly, before angling to
break through decisively on the queenside where Black has so little space to
manoeuvre.
TIP: When you have total control, ther.e's no rush. Keep the
bind intact and slowly improve. It's excruciating for you r op
ponent!
37 ...Bc8 38 Ra2 Bh6 39 Bfl Qe6 40 Qd1 Nf6 41 Qa4 Bb7 42 Nxb7 Rxb7 43
Nxa6 Qd7 44 Qc2 Kh8 45 Rb3 1-0
The 5 ... a6 6 c5 line is for those who enjoy closed positions.
1 98
Black Avoids the Meran
Game 75
0 E.Arlandi • M.Godena
Reggio Emilia 1 994
1 d4 d5 2 c4 e 6 3 Nc3 c6 4 e3 Nf6 5 Nf3 a6 6 b3 Bb4 7 Bd2
The only good square. White gets into trouble after 7 Bb2? Ne4 8 Qc2 Qa5 9
Rc1 Qxa2.
7 ... Nbd7 8 Bd3
This position can occur from a number of move orders, e.g. 1 d4 d5 2 c4 c6 3
Nf3 Nf6 4 Nc3 e6 5 e3 Nbd7 6 Bd3 a6 7 b3 Bb4 8 Bd2.
8 . 0-0 9 Qc2 Bd6
. .
With White having chosen a cautious way of developing and delaying central
action, Godena prepares to play for . . . e6-e5.
10 0-0 e5 11 cxd5 cxd5 (Diagram 1 9)
Diagram 19 Diagram 20
A fluid centre Effective centralisation
Note how . . . a7-a6 plays an important role stopping any ideas of Nc3-b5.
12 dxe5
12 e4!? is recommended, smashing open the centre while Black's queenside is
half-asleep. Then after 12 . .. exd4 13 Nxd5 Nxd5 14 exd5 Nf6 15 Rae1 h6 16
Nxd4 Nxd5 17 Nf5, White keeps an edge according to Yevseev.
1 2 ... Nxe5 13 Nxe5 Bxe5 1 4 Radl Bg4
Anoth�r example of Black accepting an isolated pawn, but in compensation
has aCtive piece-play.
1 99
Starting Out: Slav and Sem i-Slav
L1
NOTE: Remember isolated pawns are only 'weaknesses' if
there is no compensating activity.
Summary
Although I have occasionally played these lesser lines myself, I can't really
recommend 6 . . . Bd6 and 6 . . . Bb4, as Black tends to end up with a passive game.
The modern 5 . . . a6/6 . . . a6 has the advantage of creating more problems for
White and might be worth a try.
200
Chapter Twelve
Wh i te Avo i d s t h e M e ra n
- Introd u ction
Introduction
As we have seen in Chapter 10, the Meran is complex and can involve long,
forcing variations which at times lead to considerable clarification. It's one of
the most theoretical areas of the Semi-Slav, and trying to keep ahead in the
opening is no easy task for White. So, for a number of reasons, there has been
a large minority of players seeking fresher pastures.
At one time there was interest in the calm 5 Qb3 (Game 83), defending the c
pawn with the queen, but this waned when it was generally perceived to be
impotent. Another cause of its demise was the rise of the multi-purpose 6 Qc2.
There are a variety of ways to handle the position after 6 Qc2, but there are
two schools of thinking: the aggressive and the positional. 6 Qc2 does give
White the added possibilities of e3-e4 or 0-0-0 in the early stages, but in most
cases it's just a 'useful semi-developing move' that will fit in well with the
overall scheme of things; for instance if White brings a rook to d 1 or places a
bishop on d3 bearing down the b 1 -h7 diagonal. But it's only a move or two
later that White will commit himself to either an aggressive or positional ap
proach.
1 d4 d5 2 c4 c6 3 Nf3 Nf6 4 Nc3 e6 5 e3 Nbd7 6 Qc2 Bd6 (Diagram 1)
Diagram 1 Diagram 2
White plays 6 Qc2 Aiming for equality through exchanges
' .
202
White Avoids the Meran
This is indeed a very unpleasant move to face if you are unprepared. White
seeks immediate action and Black may find it hard to gain the time to develop
his queenside pieces, as the immediate threats keep him occupied. The first
one is g4-g5 when the knight would be pushed out of the game.
A couple of other 'active' systems are worth a closer look. Taimanov's 7 Bd2 0-0 >
8 o·- 0-0 aims for e3-e4 after getting the king out of the centre (Game 78). In my
opinion Black should react with 8 . . . c5 making White's e3-e4 advance less at
tractive. Instead, immediate action in the centre with 7 e4 is well countered by
7 . . e5! as in Game 79.
.
7 Bb4!
...
A paradoxical move. Why should Black move the same piece twice? Isn't this a
loss of tempo? At first sight this move certainly comes as a surprise, so it's a
good idea to try and fathom out Black's reasoning. The position has changed as
White has committed himself to a flank attack with the controversial move g2-
g4. Black decides to 'invest' a tempo to assure temporary control of the e4-
square, in order that the knight has somewhere sensible to go, seeing as f6 is
no longer a secure vantage point. More deeply, the coming exchange of some
minor pieces takes the sting out of White's attack and leaves g2-g4 hitting at
thin air. Further down the road Black will be able to complete his queenside
development and castle safely, as in Games 76 and 77.
8 Bd2 Qe7 9 Rgl Bxc3 10 Bxc3 Ne4 (Diagram 2)
White will certainly still be interested in attacking if he can, but the com-
ing exchange of a second pair of minor pieces reduces White's pressure consid
erably. Even so, Black will still have to find a successful development for his
queen's bishop before he can claim full equality.
Strategies
White's development is somewhat easier in the early phase and he decides to
exploit this fact by precociously seeking conflict. The idea of an early destabi
lising g2-g4 thrust has become a popular concept in other openings (in certain
variations of the Sicilian, Nimzo-Indian and the English, for instance). It
doesn't necessarily lead to out-and-out attacking play; the main point is rather
to make one's opponent feel uncomfortable!
Theoretical?
The continuing popularity of 7 g4 has led to it becoming rather theoretical.
The Taimanov system and 7 e4 are less so. In any case there's still far less to
learn than in the Meran.
Statistics
The dangerous 7 g4 (attributed sometimes to Shabalov, who played it a couple
of times, or to Shirov who turned it into headline news) scores strongly with
62%. Against my recommended 7 . . Bb4 White has a more normal 55%.
.
203
Starti n g Out: Slav and Semi-Slav
Taimanov's 7 Bd2 (followed by 8 0-0-0) scores a respectable 54% for White, but
the antidote 8 . . . c5, scores 56% for Black.
Both of these lines lead to a high proportion of decisive games.
Game 76
D G.Sargissian • E.Sveshnikov
Stepanakert 2004
1 d4 d5 2 c4 e6 3 Nf3 Nf6 4 Nc3 c6 5 e3 Nbd7 6 Qc2 Bd6 7 g4
White shows his teeth.
7 ... Bb4
If Black takes the plunge with 7 . . . Nxg4, then after 8 Rg1 he can give the pawn
back for some solidity with 8 . . .f5 9 h3 Ngf6 10 Rxg7, or if he prefers, he can try
and hold onto the pawn (at the risk of dropping behind in development) with
8 . . . Qf6 9 Rxg4 Qxf3 10 Rxg7 Nf8 1 1 Rg1 Bxh2 12 Be2.
In both cases, White's position is easier to play and Black has to defend accu
rately. The text is safer and more frustrating for White, who thus finds it
harder to get attacking chances on the g-file.
�
TIP: When there's a choice in the opening, avoid the type of
position your opponent is looking for!
8 Bd2 Qe7
Now Black really threatens to capture on g4 unscathed, as after 9 . . . Nxg4 1 0
Rg1 f5, the queen would b e defending the g7-pawn.
9 Rg1 Bxc3
Exchanging two pairs of pieces takes the fire out of White's set-up.
10 Bxc3 Ne4 11 0-0-0 Nxc3 12 Qxc3 0-0! (Diagram 3)
Diagram 3 Diagram 4
Black is not afraid! A balanced position
204
Wh ite Avo ids the Meran
Black has completed development and his king is no worse than White's, so
chances are equal.
23 Ng4 Na4!
The sharpest line.
24 Qe4 Rc2 25 Qe5 Qc7 26 Nf6+
205
Starti ng Out: Slav and Semi-Slav
The slower 26 Qxc7 R2xc7 27 Nf6+ Kg7 28 Rcl gets nowhere after 28 ... Rxcl +
29 Rxc l Rxc l+ 30 Kxc1 Nc5 3 1 Kd2 b4 32 e4 h5, with a draw on the cards.
26 ... Kf8! 27 Nxh7+ Ke7 28 Qf6+
Now 28 Qxc7+ would be well met by 28 ... R8xc7!.
28... Ke8 29 Qh8+ Ke7 30 Qf6+ Ke8 3 1 Qh8+ lf2-lf2
Game 77
D A.Moiseenko • V.Potkin
Istanbul 2003
1 d4 d5 2 c4 e6 3 Nc3 Nf6 4 Nf3 c6 5 e3 Nbd7 6 Qc2 Bd6 7 g4 Bb4 8 Bd2
Qe7 9 Rg1 Bxc3 10 Bxc3 Ne4 11 Bd3
Forcing Black's hand, but not as dangerous as 1 1 0-0-0.
ll . .Nxc3 12 Qxc3 dxc4
.
In the Semi-Slav this capture is generally playable (and often advisable) once
White has already moved his light-squared bishop.
�
TIP: If you can, wait u ntil White moves his king's bishop before
capturing on c4.
Diagram 5 Diagram 6
Black reacts in the centre Black reacts on the flank!
' .
15 g5 cxd4 16 Qxd4 Rd8 17 0-0-0
The pin on the d-file and Black's undeveloped queenside require urgent atten
tion. Potkin solves his problems in dramatic fashion...
1 7. ..b5! (Diagram 6) 1 8 Bxb5
If 18 Qe4, then 18 ...Rb8 19 Bd3 Nf8, followed by ... Bb7, bodes well for the sec
ond player.
206
Wh ite Avo ids the Meran
18 ...Bb7 19 Qd6?
This loses immediately to a combination in two phases, but from White's point
of view the alternatives are not great either. If 19 Be2, for instance, then Black
has fine compensation that more than makes up for the pawn sacrifice, e.g.
19., .. Nc5 20 Qf4 Rac8 2 1 Kb1 Be4+ 22 Ka1 Bd3.
1 9 ... Rac8+ 20 Kb 1 Be4+ 21 Ka1 Rcl+!
Phase 1: winning the white queen by deflection.
22 Rxc1 Qxd6 23 Rgd1 Qb6 24 Rxd7 Bxf3 25 Rxd8+ Qxd8 26 Ba6
It's not yet over, due to the weakness of Black's back rank.
26 ... Bc6!
Now it is!
Phase 2: blocking the c-file leaves Black a clear queen for rook up. Whose back
rank did I suggest was weak?
27 b4
27 Rxc6 is of course answered by 27 . . . Qd1 +.
27 ... Qd6 28 f4 g6 29 b5 Bd5 30 h5 gxh5 31 f5 Qe5+ 0-1
A good example of the risks involved in castling long. If Black takes the initia
tive his attack can be stronger.
Game 78
D G.Fiear • A.Summerscale
French League 1999
1 d4 d5 2 c4 c6 3 Nc3 Nf6 4 e3 e6 5 Nf3 Nbd7 6 Qc2 Bd6 7 Bd2 0-0 8 0-0-0
(Diagram 7)
Diagram 7 Diagram 8
Taimanov's system Black plays in the centre
207
Starting Out: Slav and Sem i-Slav
8 ... c5!
White rapidly completes queenside development, tucks his king away and is
ready to seek the initiative in the centre, so Black quite rightly reacts quickly.
Instead of this natural move, some books recommend 8 . . . b5 9 cxb5 c5, but
White can play better with 9 e4! b4 10 e5 bxc3 1 1 Bxc3 Be7 12 exf6 Nxf6 13 c5,
as in A.Rustemov-P.Haba, Bad Wiessee 1999, when he keeps an edge. Slower
play, with say 8 . . . Qe7, allows White to keep control, e.g. 9 e4 dxe4 10 Nxe4
Nxe4 1 1 Qxe4 e5 12 Bg5 f6 13 Bd3 g6 14 Bh6 Re8 15 c5, M.Taimanov
J. Gromek, Moscow Olympiad 1956.
9 cxd5
Instead 9 e4!? cxd4 10 Nxd4 Be5 1 1 Bg5 dxe4 isn't a problem for Black, as long
as he remembers to watch out for tricks on the d-file.
0
NOTE: If the centre opens up in positions with opposite-sides
castli n g , flank attacks lose their potency.
9 ...exd5 10 Bel
White can try for a direct attack with 10 Ng5!?, but cool defence pushes him
back: 10 . . . h6 1 1 h4 Re8 (giving the king a flight square) 12 Bd3 Nf8 13 dxc5
Bxc5 14 Nf3 Bg4, A.Huzman-R. Ekstrom, Ohrid 2001, and Black stands well.
10 ... c4 11 g4
A show of aggression that is best met by first solidifying the centre.
l l ... Nb6! 12 h3
12 g5?! is premature, as Black's firmly entrenched pieces lead to him obtaining
the better chances after 12 . . . Nh5 13 Rgl g6 14 Ne5 Bf5, M.Herink-J.Sefc,
Bratislava 1957.
12 ... Re8 13 Bg2 Bd7 1 4 Nd2 Bb4 15 Ndbl QeT (Diagram 8)
Black has a firm hold on the centre. Pinter recommends 15 . . . Bc6 16 g5 Bxc3 17
Nxc3 Ne4 and prefers Black, but after 18 h4 I would judge the position to be
unclear.
16 Rgl Rac8?
An error. The prudent 16 . . . a5! is simplest, defending the bishop and keeping a
bind on the central arena. If then 17 g5 Ne4 18 h4 Nxc3 19 Nxc3 Bg4 20 Rd2
Bxc3 and Black has an edge.
17 g5 Ne4 18 Bxe4 dxe4 19 Nxe4! Qxe4
' .
208
Wh ite Avoids the Meran
If 24 ... Re8, then White has 25 Re1 intending f2-f3 and e3-e4.
25 Rxh3 Bxh3 26 e4 Nb6 27 Nc3 a6 28 Be3 Re8 29 d5
The passed d-pawn, supported by White's harmoniously placed pieces, puts the
advantage firmly on his side.
29:..Nd7 30 Bd4 Ne5 3 1 Bxe5 Rxe5 32 f4 Re8 33 Kd2!
The king majestically strolls into the arena and shows who is boss.
33 ... Bc8 34 Ke3 h6 35 gxh6 gxh6 36 d6 Bb7 37 e5 Kg7 38 Rgl+ Kf8 39
Ne4 Bxe4 40 Kxe4 Rc 8 4 1 f5 c 3 42 bxc3 Rxc3 43 e6 1-0
Black played the opening impeccably and illustrates well the best antidote to
the Taimanov system. The oversight on move 16, just as he was about to take
charge, was the cause ofhis downfall.
Game 79
D V.Salov • A.Shirov
Dos Hermanas 1 995
1 d4 d5 2 c4 c6 3 Nc3 Nf6 4 e3 e6 5 Nf3 Nbd7 6 Qc2 Bd6 7 e4 (Diagram 9)
Diagram 9 Diagram 10
A precocious advance Tense b u t equal
209
Start i n g Out: Slav and Semi-Slav
210
Wh ite Avo i ds the Meran
46...Rc7+ 47 Kd2 Rd7+ 48 Bd3 :ffi 49 g3 Rd4 50 Nc2 Rxg4 51 b3 h5 52 Ke3 a5!
The threat of . . . a4 frees the rook.
If Black plays 52 . . . h4? a curious trap would occur: i.e. 53 Kxf3 h3 54 Kxg4 h2
55 f4+! Kd5 56 Be2 and although Black queens with 56 . . .hlQ, it's immediately
eliminated with 57 Bf3+.
53 Bxb5 Re4+ 54 Kxf3 g4+ 55 Kg2 Kd6 5 6 f3? !
Instead 5 6 Ne3 Kc5 5 7 Ba4 would keep some small winning chances alive.
56 ... Re5! 57 Bc4 gxf3+ 58 Kxf3 Rc5 59 Ne3 Ke5 60 Ke2 a4!
A neat drawing combination.
61 bxa4 ¥2-¥2
Mter 61...Kd4 62 Bf7 Re5 63 Kf2 Rxe3 64 Bxh5 Ra3, it's dead drawn.
Diagram 11 Diagram 12
W h ite plays 6 Qc2 Black aims for . . . c6-c5
At some point Black will have to get round to developing his light-squared
bishop, and this will require the second player to alter the pawn structure in
some way. So if White gets his pieces prepared, he hopes to be better placed for
any inevitable central activity.
If Black is lethargic then White can play e3-e4, when the advance is well sup
ported by his developed pieces. In the case that he decides to develop his dark-
211
Starting Out: Slav and Semi-Slav
squared bishop on the long diagonal, there is no pressing need at all and he
can even complete development first.
From Black's point of view, I don't think it's a good practical approach to hang
around patiently for too long, if it enables White to pick his moment to get
things moving. I therefore recommend a more active approach from Black. The
plan I have suggested is a timely . . . d5xc4, when there are two rather different
pawn structures to take into account:
1. If White has played an early b2-b3 and recaptures after . . . d5xc4 with the b
pawn then Black is wise to react with a quick . . . e7-e5.
2. If White recaptures on c4 with his bishop then . . .b7-b5 and . . . Bb7 is the most
straightforward way to get the bishop into play.
There can be some subtle differences at times, depending on whether White
places his bishop on e2 or d3, but by playing my suggested . . . d5xc4 they come
to the same thing.
6 ... Bd6 7 Bd3
If instead 7 b3 0-0 8 Be2, with the point that White defends the c-pawn before
moving his bishop, then . . . d5xc4 can be met by b3xc4 keeping a pawn presence
on c4. A typical continuation is 8 . . . Re8 9 0-0 dxc4 10 bxc4 e5 11 Bb2 e4 12 Nd2
Qe7, when Black has active possibilities on the kingside (see Game 80).
7 ... 0-0 8 0-0
Waiting behind the lines and playing slowly with . . . Qe7, . . . b7-b6 and . . . Bb7 is
difficult to handle, so I recommend that Black force the pace . . .
8 . dxc4 9 Bxc4 b 5 1 0 Be2 Bb7 (Diagram 12)
..
Black has taken the first steps in the process of liberating his queen's bishop.
In the coming struggle, despite distractions elsewhere, he'll be continually try
ing to improve this bishop's potential, so although it may take time, the possi
bility of . . . c6-c5 will have to be borne in mind by both players (see Game 82) .
Theoretical?
These positional variations involving Qc2 with Be2 or Bd3 were particularly
popular in the 1980's, when the theory dramatically expanded. Since then pas
sion for this approach has cooled and by and large new developments haven't
been particularly noteable. So although the main lines are now well estab
lished, their positional nature means that they are not overly theoretical.
However, as I'm recommending an active response by Black, there are some
critical lines requiring theoretical preparation. · ·
Statistics
White scores about average in the lines involving an early b2-b3 and recaptur
ing after . . . d5xc4 with b3xc4. However, my recommended l l . ..Qe7 and 12 . . . e4
scores as high as 50% for Black. When . . . d5xc4 is answered by Bxc4 White's
percentage is about average, i.e. in the middle 50's.
212
Wh ite Avoids the Meran
Game 80
0 G.Fiear • L.Fressinet
Montpellier 2001
l d4 Nf6 2 c4 e6 3 Nf3 d5 4 Nc3 c6 5 e3 Nbd7 6 Qc2 Bd6 7 b3 0-0 8 Be2
Re,8 9 0-0 dxc4 10 bxc4 e5 1 1 Bb2 Qe7 (Diagram 13)
D.iagram 13 Diagram 14
Black keeps his options open A double-edged position
White now has a central pawn majority that he hopes to push forward as soon
as possible. In return, his exposed king and somewhat shaky pawns lead to
interesting tactical resources for Black. Play can become very double-edged.
15 Ng4 16 Nfl Qg5
...
213
Starting Out: Slav a n d Semi�Siav
Diagram 15 Diagram 16
W hat to d o about the centre? The position i s equal
Now the routine 19 . . . Rd8 20 h3 Nh6 2 1 Ne2 turned out better for White in
E.Jelling-S.Savchenko, Norresundby 1 992. So it would be advisable for Black
to break up White's centre before he can consolidate, and Fressinet seems to
have found a good way. . .
1 9 ...Nxd4!
A combination that demolishes White's centre.
20 Rxd4 Nxh2! 2 1 Nxh2 Bxh2+ 22 Kfl
If instead 22 Kxh2, then 22 ... Qh4+ 23 Kgl Qxe l+ 24 Kh2 Be6 gives Black two
pawns and a rook for the two pieces. Note the solidity of Black's structure
compared to White's four pawn islands.
22 ... Qxc5 23 Red1 Be6
Fressinet later regretted not playing 23 . . . Be5! 24 Rd8 Be6 25 Rxa8 Rxa8,
when three pawns and two fine bishops give Black excellent compensation.
24 Qf2 Be5 25 R4d2 Qa5 26 Ne2 Bxb2
Snatching the a-pawn with 26 . . . Bxa2 is foolhardy, as after 27 Bxe5 Rxe5 28
Qd4! the bishop on a2 is a cause for concern, e.g. 28.. .£6? 29 Ra 1 and the pin
spells trouble. 28 . . . Bb3 would be relatively best, but then after 29 Qd8+ Qxd8
30 Rxd8+ ReS 31 Rxe8+ Rxe8 32 Rb 1, followed by Rxb7, Black's queenside is
broken up.
27 Rxb2 Rad8 28 Nd4 (Diagram 1 6) 28 ... Bc4+?!
Still playing as if he is better. Instead 28 .. . Bc8 is solid and equal.
214
Wh ite Avoids the Mera n
29 Kg1 Rd7?!
29 ... c5? would be totally wrong, as White is much better after 30 Nf5 Rxdl+ 3 1
Bxd1 Rxe4 3 2 Rxb7!, e.g. 3 2 . . . Rel+? 33 Kh2 Rxd1 3 4 Rb8+ Rd8 3 5 Qxc5 Qxc5
36 Rxd8+ Qf8 37 Ne7+. Rather than the text, 29 ... Qc7 is more solid.
30 ·Rbd2 Qa3 Y2-Y2
Diagram 17 Diagram 18
W hat now for Black? A sharp position
215
Starti n g Out: Slav a n d Semi-Slav
An interesting move, which had given me problems two weeks earlier. This
time I was prepared . . .
216
Wh ite Avoi d s the Meran
0
NOTE: Black needs to be prepared so that, as soon as White
makes a central advance, Black has his reaction ready in order
to avoid going too passive.
13 g3
The lesser known, but tricky 13 Bg5 !? requires precise defence: 13 . . . exd4 14
Rxd4 b4 15 Bxf6! Nxf6 16 Na4 Rfe8 17 Rad1 Bf8 18 e5!? (alternatively 18 Bd3
c5 19 Rxb4, V.Dydyshko-E.Miroshnichenko, Swidnica 2000, is murky, but
Black seems to be OK, e.g. 19 .. . Rad8 20 Rxb7 Qxb7 21 e5 Nd5 22 Bxh7+ Kh8
23 Be4 Nb4) 18 ... c5! 19 Rh4 (19 exf6 is countered by 19 . . . Rxe2) 19 ... Rxe5 20
Nxe5 Qxe5, and although Black only has one pawn for the exchange, White's
knight on a4 and rook on h4 are clumsily placed, and one shouldn't forget
Black's bishop pair of course.
13 ... Rfe8
Pointing towards White's e-pawn. Pressure down the e-file from Black tends to
counter-balance the slightly unwieldy pawns on b5 and c6. That's just as well,
since compared to many lines of the Semi-Slav, it's often quite a task for Black
to get his queenside pawns entirely sorted out.
14 dxe5 Nxe5 15 Bg5
Mter 15 Nd4 Black has:
a) 15 . . . Ng6 16 Bg5 Be5, when he's firmly dug in. As a follow up, he can con
sider the harassing . . .b5-b4, either to undermine the defences to e4 and/or pre
pare . . . c6-c5. Another way to activate the light-squared bishop is . . . Rad8 fol
lowed by . . . Bc8-e6.
b) 1 5 . . . Bc5! is even more dynamic: 1 6 Nb3 Bb6 17 Bf4 Qc8 18 Kg2 b4 19 Na4
Nxe4!, and the long diagonal will open with a vengeance, V.Tukmakov
E.Sveshnikov, Bled 200 1 .
1 5. . .Neg4!? (Diagram 1 9)
217
Start i n g Out: Slav a n d Sem i-Slav
The te:l):t has great surprise value, though 15 ... Nxf3+ 16 Bxf3 Qe7 1 7 Ne2 h6 is
a solid alternative, when Black has a reasonable game.
Diagram 1 9 Diagram 20
A new idea for Black Black should be OK
16 Bxf6
A tame response, but I'm not sure if White has anything better. 16 h3 is criti
cal, putting the question to the knight, but rather weakening White's kingside,
e.g. 16 . . . h6! 17 Bh4 (17 Rxd6!? looks flashy, but just leads to simplification and
equality after 17 ... Qxd6 18 Bf4 Ne5 1 9 Nxe5 Rxe5 20 Rd1 Qe7 2 1 Bxe5 Qxe5)
17 . . Nxf2! (the point!) 1 8 Kxf2 g5 19 Nxg5 hxg5 20 Bxg5 Bxg3+ 21 Kg2 Bf2!
.
(elegant stuff, but it's a shame that it only earns half the spoils) 22 Kxf2 Qh2+
23 Kf3 Qxh3+ 24 Kf2 Qh2+ with a draw by perpetual check.
16 ... Nxf6 1 7 Rac1
Threatening Nxb5 exploiting the pressure down the c-file. A common theme in
this line.
1 7 ... Qe7 1 8 Nd4 g6
Putting a stop to any ideas of Nf5 and therefore threatening to capture on e4.
19 Bf3 Rac8 20 Nb3 a6 21 Bg2 c5!?
Finally Black 'liberates', but I suspect that the more cautious 2 1 . . . Bc7, fol
lowed by . . . Bb6 and only then ... c5-c4, is slightly better.
Now if White does nothing special, then the bishop pair plus queenside major
ity will give Black the advantage, so . . .
22 Rxd6! Qxd6 23 e5 Rxe5 24 Bxb7 Rce8 25 B f3 c 4 (Diagram 20)
Two minor pieces for rook and pawn. This often favours the pieces but here,
with Black's fine pawns and the lack of central outposts for White's knights,
Black is OK.
218
Wh ite Avoi d s the Meran
Diagram 21 Diagram 22
W hite plays 5 Qb3 A typical Semi-Slav set-up
With the c l-g5 diagonal still open, White hopes to have enough time for Bg5
and e2-e3 keeping the centre intact. (remember that the immediate 5 Bg5 can
219
Starting Out: Slav a n d Semi -Slav
be met by the sharp 5 ... dxc4) It's as if he wants a pleasant Queen's Gambit
Declined, where Black may have problems developing his queen's bishop.
In my opinion it's not advisable for Black to keep the tension too long, as he
will then struggle to get his queen's bishop into the game. In fact now is the
best moment to capture on c4, as he can gain time for his queenside develop
ment by attacking the queen.
5 Qb3 dxc4 6 Qxc4 b5 7 Qb3 Nbd7! (Diagram 22)
Black has a typical Semi-Slav set-up and, over the next few moves, will aim
simultaneously to pursue further development and the . . . c6-c5 advance. White
will now have to decide between Bg5 and g2-g3.
Theoretical?
No, Black can essentially get by with natural moves.
Statistics
The heyday of 5 Qb3 was the early 1980's, but it must still frustrate Black
players overall as White scores a surprisingly high 59% in the database. Those
in the know, however, who reply with the recommended 5 . . . dxc4 6 Qxc4 b5 7
Qb3 Nbd7 8 Bg5 a6, reduce White's chances to 50%.
Game 83
D V.Korchnoi • Z.Ribli
Reggio Emilia 1 987
1 c4 c6 2 Nc3 d5 3 d4 Nf6 4 Nf3 e6 5 Qb3 dxc4 6 Q:xc4 b5 7 Qb3 Nbd7 8
Bg5
Sometimes White prefers to play in Catalan-style: 8 g3 a6 9 Bg2 Bb7 10 0-0 c5!
(again the right way for Black to liberate) 11 dxc5 Bxc5 (Black already has a
comfortable game) 12 Bf4 0-0 1 3 Ne5 Bxg2 1 4 Kxg2 Nxe5 15 Bxe5 Ng4!? (play
ing for more than safe equality with 15 . . . Qe7 16 Racl Rac8) 16 Bf4 e5 with a
complex struggle, R.Kempinski-D.Rogozenko, Hamburg 1999.
8 . a6 9 e4!?
..
White has little choice as the alternative 10 Bh4 g5 1 1 Bg3 b4 12 Na4 Nxe4
won't leave White with enough compensation. . .
220
Wh ite Avo ids the Meran
17 Qxb5+ Qd7, when although White has three pawns for the piece, GMs
would prefer Black whose pieces will soon be very active, while White's pawns
are not that threatening) 15 .. . exd5 16 e6, and Black's king finds itself under
threat, e.g. 16 . . . Nc5 17 Ne5! Nxe6 18 Bh5 etc.
Diagram 23 Diagram 24
Black will soon play . . . c6-c5 Black's pieces support . . . c6-c5
0
NOTE: In the Semi-Slav, playing . . . c6-c5 is the key idea more
often than not. The skill comes in the preparation and timing.
The time is right, since d4-d5 by White is no longer a serious option. Opening
the position should now favour the owner of the bishop pair.
17 Nd6+!?
Now after 17 Nxc5 Nxc5 18 dxc5 Bxc5 the f2-pawn is en prise, and 19 axb5
Bxf2+ 20 Kh1 0-0 then strongly favours Black.
1 7 ... Bxd6 18 exd6 c4! 19 Qb4 Bxf3! 20 Bxf3 0-0
Leaving White's d-pawns looking rather forlorn. Black also has a useful
queenside majority.
2 1 axb5 axb5 22 Ra5 Rb8 23 Rei Rfd8! 24 h3 Nf6 25 Re5 Qxd6 26 Qxd6
Rxd6 27 Raxb5 Rxb5 28 Rxb5 Rxd4
Simplification into the endgame has left White with difficulties, but at least
his bishop is the superior minor piece for the moment.
221
Starti n g Out: Slav a n d Sem i-S lav
29 Be2?!
An error allowing Black's knight too much of a free hand. Instead 29 Kf1! Rd2
30 Ke1 would make it much harder for Black.
29 ... Ne4 30 Rb8+ Kh7 31 Rb4 Rd2 32 Bxc4 Nxf2!?
Ribli later considered 32 ... Rd1+! 33 Kh2 Nxf2 to be more precise. Even so, he
retains good winning chances in either case.
33 Rb3 Rc2 34 Bb5 Kg8! 35 Rf3 Ne4!
But not 35 . . . Rxb2?, which would be met by 36 Be8!.
36 Bd3 Rcl+ 37 Rfl Rxfl+ 38 Kxfl Nf6 39 Ke2 Kf8 40 Ke3 Ke7 41 Kd4
Kd6 42 Bc4 Nd7 43 b4 f5 44 Be2 Nb6 45 Bh5 e5+ 46 Kd3 Nd5 47 Kc4 Nf4
48 Be8 Nxg2 49 Kb3 Ne3 0-1
S um mary
5 Qb3 is occasionally employed by those looking to avoid normal lines, but it's
no longer considered dangerous.
The flexible 6 Qc2 is more testing as White has a wide choice to suit all styles.
The 'aggressive' options require custom-made replies:
1) 7 e4 quickens the pace in the centre, but Black is well on the way to equality
after 7. . . e5.
2) Taimanov's 7 Bd2 with 8 0-0-0 is comfortably met by 8 . . . c5. Again Black
needs to react in the centre quickly against a vigorous showing by White.
3) The fashionable 7 g4 is the most dangerous. I then recommend 7 . . . Bb4, lead
ing to an early exchange of minor pieces and a significantly reduced attacking
potential for White. Black loses a tempo and White does stay slightly ahead in
development, but if Black handles his queenside carefully he seems to be OK
The other three moves, 7 Bd3, 7 b3 and 7 Be2, are quite similar and can be
lumped together as positional tries. There are a number of ways to handle
Black's position, but his main criterion should be a coherent overall scheme for
development.
One of the best ways is to respond in typical Semi-Slav style, i.e. with . . . d5 xc4
and, after Bxc4, to follow up with . . . b7 -b5. If White plays an early b2-b3 and
replies to . . . d5xc4 with b3xc4, then . . . e6-e5 is a promising way of liberating the
position without creating targets for White.
The popularity of 6 Qc2 is likely to continue, as thy variation contains a rich
tapestry of ideas without being excessively theoretical.
222
Chapter Thirteen
E a rly D ev i at i o n s
- Introduction
Introd uction
In this chapter we look at a number of less well-known systems. They may oc
cur due to a conscious effort to avoid mainstream theory, or as a result of a
particular choice of move order.
Although each offbeat system has its own aims, they do have one theme in
common: the desire to play the Slav or Semi-Slav on one's own terms!
Diagram 1 Diagram 2
The Rausis System Black's game is satisfactory
The slower 6 Na3 c5 7 Nxc4 Nc6 8 Nce5 is met by 8 . . Bd5! when Black's bishop
.
224
Early Deviations
225
Starting Out: S l av a n d Semi-Slav
Diagra m 3 Diagram 4
Striking back at the centre Black has the bishop pair
226
Early Deviati ons
Diagram 5 Diagram 6
Black snatches the c-pawn The a2-knight is out of play
227
Starti n g Out: S lav and Semi-Slav
Black varies from 3 ... Nf6 4 e3 e6 5 Nf3 (heading into the Semi-Slav), by
snatching the c4-pawn. Now, although White is able to regain his pawn, Black
aims to gain some time against the knight on c3 after ...b7-b5-b4.
4 e4
Mter 4 a4 e5!, Black obtains a comfortable game, e.g. 5 dxe5 Qxd1+ 6 Nxd1
Nd7 7 Nf3 Bb4+ 8 Bd2 Bxd2+ 9 Nxd2 Nxe5 1 0 f4 Nd7 11 Nxc4 Nc5, B.Jobava.
U.Atakisi, Turkey vs. Georgia 2002.
4 ...b5 5 a4 b4 6 Na2
White threatens both advanced black pawns and will therefore re-establish
material parity, but the sidelined knight on a2 will cost time to redeploy.
6 ...Nf6
The alternative 6 . . . e5 has dropped out of fashion. White's best is 7 Nf3, e.g.
7 ... exd4 8 Bxc4 Ba6 9 Bxa6 Nxa6 10 Qxd4 Qxd4 11 Nxd4 c5 12 Nb5 0-0-0,
A.Chernin-I.Rausis, Osterskars 1995, when I prefer White slightly after 1 3 0-
0! Nf6 14 f3 Kb7 15 Bf4 Be7 16 Rfdl.
7 e5 Nd5 8 Bxc4 e6 9 Nf3 Be7 (Diagram 6)
This is similar to a number of lines of the Meran where Black has his fine out
post on d5 and White access to c4. One specific aspect of this particular posi
tion is that at some point the knight on a2 will have to be recycled
. and this
takes time.
10 Bd2
White prepares to bring his knight to c1 and then b3 or d3. Black will soon
gear himself up for ... c6-c5, or ... Bb7-a6 (or even both) in order not to be left
with a feeble bishop.
The other main move is 10 0-0, against which Black has an interesting idea:
10 . . . Nd7!? 11 Bd2 a5 12 Nc1 N5b6! 13 Bd3 c5 with satisfactory play, G. Flear
D .Neelotpal, San Sebastian 2005.
Theoretical?
Not so much. Black can get by with natural moves in the main line.
Statistics
A total of 859 games with White scoring an average 55%. In the main line, i.e.
the position after Black's 9th move (Diagram 6), White scores a slightly higher
57%. . '
Game 85
0 L.Van Wely • J.Piket
Vlissingen 2001
1 d4 d5 2 c4 c6 3 Nc3 dxc4 4 e4 b5 5 a4 b4 6 Na2 Nf6 7 e5 Nd5 8 Bxc4 e6
9 Nf3 Be7 10 Bd2 a5
228
Early Deviations
Mter the significant alternative 10 ... Ba6, which achieves the desirable trade of
light-squared bishops, White has 11 Qe2 Bxc4 12 Qxc4 Nb6 13 Qc2 a5 14 Nc1
Qd5 15 Nd3 N8d7 16 Be3 Rc8 17 0-0 0-0 18 Rfc1 , continuing to restrain the
freeing ... c6-c5 advance and thus keeping a small edge, T.Hillarp Persson
P. 9ramling, Swedish Championship 2001.
1 1 N c1 Nd7 12 Nb3 (Diagram 7 )
Diagram 7 Diagram 8
Once more . . . c6-c5 is the plan A critical choice
1 2 ...Bb7
There is a good case for the immediate 12 ... N5b6!? 13 Bd3 c5, freeing Black's
position, as in E.Arlandi-Z.Varga, Budapest 2000.
13 h4!?
Rather than routinely castle, Van Wely decides to spice things up a bit.
13 ... h6 14 Rh3 Kf8 15 Qe2
Only now that he's fully ready, Piket employs the familiar manoeuvre to get
the . . . c6-c5 break in . . .
15. . .N5b6 16 Bd3 c 5 1 7 dxc5 Nxc5 1 8 Nxc5 Bxc5 1 9 Rg3 Rc8 20 Rg4
The presence of the rook on g4 keeps Black's king under observation. Even so,
there's no real attack.
20 ... Bc6 21 Bb5 Bd5 22 h5 Rc7 23 Kfl Nd7 24 Ngl Be7 25 Bf4 b3!?
Aiming for queenside activity.
26 Qe3 Rc2 27 Qg3 (Diagram 8) 27 ...Nc5! ?
Not a bad move, but 27 .. . Bg5! could be even better, a s after 28 Bxg5 hxg5 29
Rxg5 Nc5 30 f3 (or 30 Rxg7 Ne4) 30 . . . Bc4+ 3 1 Bxc4 Rxc4, White's king is the
more vulnerable.
28 Rxg7 Bg5 29 Rxg5! hxg5 30 Bxg5 Ne4 3 1 Bxd8 Nxg3+ 32 fxg3 Bxg2+
229
Starting Out: Slav a n d Sem i-S lav
33 Ke1 Rxh5
Black's rooks are extremely active and he has plenty of play for only a slight
material deficit.
34 Rd1 Rxe5+ 35 Ne2 B£3 36 B£6 Rexe2+ 37 Bxe2 Rxe2+ 38 Kfl R£2+ 39
Kx£2 lh-lh
Black immediately opens the centre with 3 .. . e5, which is known as the
Winawer Counter-Gambit.
1 d4 d5 2 c4 c6 3 Nc3 e5!? (Diagram 9)
Diagram 9 Diagram 10
The W inawer Counter-Gambit . W h ite will castle long
230
Early Deviations
Now White's most aggressive line to try and exploit Black's queen position is
to castle long and then play e2-e3.
Theoretical?
Not especially. White's long-castling plan is the only line that requires serious ,
preparation.
Statistics
Against the Winawer Counter-Gambit, the first player has managed 56% in
621 games. With the main line, however, as in Kasparov's following win over
Nikolic, White scores a very high 66%.
Game 86
D G.Kasparov • P.Nikolic
Manila Olympiad 1 992
1 d4 d5 2 c4 c6 3 Nc3 e5
Digressing slightly, one interesting point is that now 4 cxd5 cxd5 doesn't really
give White anything. The significance of this is that after the opening moves 1
d4 d5 2 c4 c6 3 cxd5 cxd5 4 Nc3, Black can try 4 . . . e5!? and obtain a more dou
ble-edged game than in the regular lines of the Exchange Variation.
4 dxe5 d4 5 Ne4 Qa5+ 6 Bd2 Qxe5 7 Ng3 Qd6 8 Nf3 Nf6 9 Qc2 Be7 10 0-0-
0 0-0 1 1 e3 dxe3 12 fxe3!? (Diagram 1 1)
Diagram 11 Diagram 12
White recaptures with the pawn! Kasparov finds a combination
This is now the standard move, but it was Kasparov with this game that led
the way in showing White's attacking potential. White voluntarily accepts an
ugly isolated pawn but in return gets interesting play. The alternative 12 Bxe3
Qc7 13 Nf5 Bxf5 14 Qxf5 Nbd7 15 Bd3 g6, as in G.Flear-M.Kazhgaleyev, Aix-
231
Starti n g Out: Slav a n d Semi-Slav
les-Bains 2004, doesn't give White much due to the symmetrical pawns and
solid black position.
12 ... Qc7 13 Bc3 Bg4
Nikolic still plays the WCG but now prefers 13 ... Na6. Play typically continues
as follows: 14 a3 Ng4! 15 Re1 Bf6! (given a '?' by ECO but you shouldn't believe
everything you read!) 16 Bd4 (16 h3 Nxe3! 1 7 Rxe3 Qxg3 18 Bxf6 gxf6 19 Qd2
Be6 20 Nd4 Qf4 offers equal chances, G.Van der Stricht-P.Nikolic, Antalya
2004) 16 ... c5! 17 Bxf6 Nx£6 18 e4 Re8 when White has some initiative (the e
pawn push plus the fact that the knight o n a6 i s offside), but Black has a solid
enough position and the better pawn structure.
14 Bd3 Nbd7 15 Bf5 Bxf5 16 Nxf5 Rfe8 (Diagram 1 2)
Although White has the more active pieces, it doesn't look that special at first
sight. But Kasparov has an eye for combinations . . .
1 7 Nxg7!!
A strong sacrifice that ties Black up in knots.
17 ... K.xg7 18 Qf5 Nf8
After 18 . . . Rad8 19 Qg5+ K£8, White has 20 Nh4! and Black is basically losing,
e.g. 20 . . . Nc5 21 Nf5 Ne6 22 Qh6+ Kg8 23 Bxf6.
19 h4!
Now the threat is 20 Qg5+ Ng6 21 h5.
19 ...h6 20 g4 Qc8!
Without queens Black avoids being mated, but White still retains the more
active pieces.
21 Qxc8 Raxc8 22 g5 N8h7 23 e4
There's no hurry to recapture the piece.
23 ... Rcd8 24 Rdfl Kf8 25 gxf6 Bxf6 26 e5 Bg7 27 Rhg1
Black's minor pieces are cramped, but otherwise he has done well to survive so
far.
27 ... c5 28 Kc2 Re6 29 Rg4 Bh8 30 b4!
An example of the importance of a second front in endgames. Black is holding
the kingside at the moment, but opening the b-file gives him extra things to
worry about.
232
Early Deviations
Diagram 13 Diagram 14
The cavalry is charging Black's attack starts t o h u rt
16 a3 a5! 17 axb4?!
If White doesn't take up the gauntlet and goes passive with 17 Be l , then sim
ply 17 ... Na6 yields a more than comfortable game, as the knight redeploys to
c5. White then has weaknesses in his pawn structure and would already be
worse.
17 ... axb4 18 Be l Qa5 19 Rd3 Qa2+ 20 Kc2 b5! (Diagram 14) 21 h3
Mter 21 cxb5, Piket intended 2l...cxb5 22 Qb l b3+! 23 Rxb3 Qa4! with a
233
Starti ng Out: Slav a n d Sem i-Slav
deadly pin.
2 1 . .. bxc4 22 hxg4 cxd3+ 23 Bxd3 g6
White's king has no shelter from the storm.
24 e4 Rd8! 25 Qh6 b3+ 26 Kd2
26 Kc1 goes down in grand style to 26 . . . Qal+ 27 Bb1 Qxb l+! 28 Kxb 1 Ral+! 29
Kxa1 Rdl+ 30 Qc1 Rxc l mate!
26 ... Qxb2+ 27 Ke3 Bc5+ 28 Kf4 Rxd3 29 Qxh7+ Kf8 30 e5 Ra4+ 31 Ne4
Rxe4+ 32 Kxe4 Rd4+ 0-1
A good example of what can go wrong for White!
Diagram 15
The Triangle System
234
Early Deviations
2) If White plays 4 e3, then with 4 ... Nf6 5 Nf3 we have arrived in a Semi-Slav
(Chapters 10- 12). It's worth noting, however, that White has been denied the
opportunity to play the 5 Bg5 lines covered in Chapters 8 and 9.
For those who really like to avoid the beaten track then 4 e 3 can be met with
4 . . .f5!?, which is akin to the Dutch Stonewall. There is, however, one inde
pendent idea that usually occurs from the Triangle move order: 5 g4!? Nf6 6
gxf5 exf5 7 Qb3 dxc4 8 Bxc4 Bd6! with a complex struggle in prospect.
3) Mter 4 Nf3, White hints that he would like to retain the option of meeting
4 . . . Nf6 with 5 Bg5. If Black prefers to avoid this possibility he can play
4 . . . dxc4, which is known as the Noteboom Variation. This is covered in Games
90-91.
4) 4 e4 is the sharpest, which is the subject of the next two illustrative games.
Diagram 16 Diagram 17
The Marshall Gambit White has a dangerous initiative
White decides on a radical solution in the centre. If Black doesn't react appro
priately, White can develop quickly and take more than his fair share of the
central arena.
4 ... dxe4
The main alternative is 4 .. . Bb4, when 5 e5 c5! has proven to be satisfactory for
Black.
5 Nxe4 Bb4+ 6 Bd2!?
235
Starti ng Out: Sl av and Sem i-S lav
Gambiting a pawn. Instead after 6 Nc3 c5! Black's hits at the centre and ob
tains a reasonable game.
6 ... Qxd4 7 Bxb4 Qxe4+ 8 Be2 (Diagram 1 7)
White has the bishop pair and attacking chances on the dark squares. Black's
king is temporarily stuck in the centre and he is dangerously behind in devel
opment. The second player will have to demonstrate good defensive skills in
order to safely diffuse White's initiative.
Theoretical?
The Marshall is very theoretical in the sharper lines. So Black must have fair
book knowledge before playing the Triangle System.
Statistics
Overall 4 e4 scores 57% for the first player.
Game 88
0 L.Van Wely • L.Fressinet
French League 2001
1 d4 d5 2 c4 c6 3 Nc3 e6 4 e4 dxe4 5 Nxe4 Bb4+ 6 Bd2
White sacrifices a pawn to obtain dark-squared compensation. Instead 6 Nc3
c5! isn't dangerous for Black.
6 ... Qxd4 7 Bxb4 Qxe4+ 8 Be2 Na6 9 Ba5 Bd7
I prefer 9 . . .b6, e.g. 10 Qd6 Bd7 11 Bc3 f6 12 0-0-0 0-0-0 with a complex mid
dlegame ahead.
10 Nf3 Nf6 1 1 Qd6 (Diagram 18)
Diagra m 1 8 Diagram 1 9
Pressing on the dark squares A tricky position
236
Early Deviations
Stopping Black castling short and continuing to press on the dark squares.
1 1...Qf5 12 Ne5 Qxf2+
Forcing the pace. Simplification doesn't mean the end to Black's defensive task
as White is still more active.
13 l{xf2 Ne4+ 14 Kf3 Nxd6 15 Rhd1 Ke7 16 c5!
The most dangerous. Instead Sherbakov points out that 16 Rxd6 Kxd6 1 7
Nxf7+ Ke7 18 Nxh8 Rxh8 19 Bc3 c5! i s fine for Black.
16 ... Nxc5 1 7 Bb4 b6 18 Rac1 Nce4 19 Bd3 (Diagram 19)
White may be a couple of pawns light, but there are pins and tricks every
where. Black has to be very accurate.
19 ...f5 ! 20 Bxe4 fxe4+ 2 1 Ke3 c5 22 Rxc5!
He has to keep putting coal on the fire.
22 ...bxc5 23 Bxc5 Be8 24 Bxd6+ Kd8
Although White is the exchange down, Black's rooks cannot get into play and
so the pressure continues. In Y.Yakovich-A. Galkin, Dubai 2001 , a draw was
agreed after 25 b4 a5. Galkin justifies this decision with the line 26 bxa5 Rxa5
27 Rb 1 Ra8 28 Rb7 Kc8 29 Rc7+ Kd8 30 Rb7 repeating.
Instead Van Wely goes for more . . .
2 5 h 4 a5 2 6 g4 Rg8 27 b3 Ra6 2 8 h 5 Bc6 29 Bc5+ Kc7 3 0 Rfl Be8 3 1 a4!?
The Dutchman later criticised this move, instead proposing 3 1 Rf2 Ra8 32 Rd2
Kb7 33 a3 as offering an initiative, but after the further 33 . . . Bc6 34 Rd6 Rgc8
35 Rxe6 Bd5 36 Rb6+ Kc7, Black is well on the way to freeing himself and is
still the exchange up.
3 1 ...Kc8 32 Rf4 Bc6 33 Rf7 Bd5 34 g5 Bxb3 35 h6 gxh6 36 gxh6 Rg5 37
Kxe4
Mter 37 Bd4 Rd6 38 Rxh7 Rh5, with the rook behind the pawn I don't think
Black is in any danger.
3 7 ... Bxa4
Now that the queenside is back in the box it's time to bail out to a draw.
38 Rf8+ Kc7 39 Rf7+ Kc8 40 Rf8+ Kc7 41 Rf7+ Kc8 V:.-V:.
Game 89
D J.Lautier • M.Gurevich
Biel lnterzonal 1 993
1 c4 e6 2 Nc3 d5 3 d4 c6 4 e4 dxe4 5 Nxe4 Bb4+ 6 Bd2 Qxd4 7 Bxb4
Qxe4+ 8 Be2 Na6
The greedy 8 . . . Qxg2 is met by 9 Qd6 Nd7 10 0-0-0 with a very dangerous at
tack.
9 Bc3 Ne7
Giving back the g-pawn isn't the only way. Instead 9 . . .f6 10 Nf3 Ne7 11 0-0 0-0
237
Starting Out: S l av and Semi-Slav
12 Re1 Ng6 1 3 b4 e5 enables Black to keep the pawn into the middlegame. I
quite like Black's position, although I have to admit that White has reasonable
compensation after 14 b5.
10 Bxg7 Rg8 11 Bf6 (Diagram 20)
Diagram 20 Diagram 21
A critical position The pressure is intense
Mter 1 1 Bc3, according to theory Black should play the astonishing l l . . . Nd5!
and then, following 12 cxd5, only now capture on g2 (12 . . . Qxg2) with complica
tions.
l l . Q£4?!
..
17 ... Rg8?!
Bringing the rook back from where it's becoming increasingly vulnerable. It's
not a raging success but Black has a difficult choice. For example, if he tries
17 . . . Be6 instead, then 1 8 Nd6+ Kg7 19 Nxb7 Rb8 20 Nd8 Bg4 2 1 Rd6 leaves
White well on top.
238
Early Devi ations
18 f4! (Diagram 2 1)
A strong move, slicing open the dark squares.
18 ...Ng6
The house of cards collapses after 18 . . . exf4 19 Bh5+ Ng6 20 Nxf6.
,
19 Rd6 Ke7
Here 19 . . . Be6? loses a piece to 20 f5 Bxf5 2 1 Rxf6+.
20 Rxf6 Nxf4
In the case of 20 . . . exf4, Lautier would surely have continued the attack with
2 1 h4! .
2 1 Bxe5 Nxe2 22 Bd6+! Ke8 23 Kxe2 Bh3 24 Rh6!
Winning material in view of all the threats.
24 ... Bg4+
The alternative 24 . . . Bg2 doesn't get out of jail, as after 25 Rg1 ! Bf3+ 26 Kxf3
Rxg1 27 Rxh7, Black loses a rook.
25 Ke3 Bf5 26 Nf6+ Kf7 27 Nxg8 Rxg8 28 Kf4 Bg6 29 Re1 Rd8 30 Re7+
Kf6 31 c5 Nb4 32 Rexh7 Nd5+ 33 Kf3 Re8 34 h4 Re3+ 35 Kf2 Kf5 36 Rg7
Re6 37 h5 1-0
239
Starti ng Out: Slav and Semi-Slav
Diagram 22 Diagram 23
The Noteboom Variation A very unbalanced position
If Black survives any middlegame attack, based on pushing central pawns and
kingside activity, then his queenside aces will cash in later.
Theoretical?
The Noteboom is very theoretical, particularly in the main lines. Just as in the
Marshall, Black is playing with fire. The player who knows his theory less well
is likely to be the one that gets burnt!
Statistics
The Noteboom (2844 games) has an excellent track r�cord (54% for Black!).
Many players as White have evidently found it hard to cope with such an un
usual pawn structure. However, it should be taken into account that, in the
Triangle, the sister variation 4 e4 scores 57% for White.
The Triangle was more popular a couple of generations ago and is not as well
known by white players as the Meran or Botvinnik.
Game 90
D A.Czerwonski • M.Krasenkow
Polish Championship, Plock 2000
1 d4 d5 2 Nf3 c6 3 c4 e6 4 Nc3 dxc4 5 a4 Bb4 6 e3 b5 7 Bd2 a5 8 axb5
· .
240
Early Deviations
comfort in the black camp. Nevertheless, with correct handling Black can un
tangle.
14 ... Nd7 15 Nd4 e5!
If here 15 ... Ke7?!, then 16 d6+! Kxd6 1 7 Rd1 is unpleasant.
16 Nb3 Ke7!
Only now is it the right moment to unpin.
1 7 Be2
Mter 17 Rd 1, Black brings the queen to support the queenside pawns with
17 . . . Qb6. Then if 1 8 d6+ Kd8, Black prepares . . . Bc6. An odd variation, but
Black's king is actually quite well hidden here.
1 7 ... Qd6!? (Diagram 25)
Diagram 24 Diagram 25
Opening the long diagonal A key moment
241
Starting O u t : Slav and Sem i-Slav
Despite White being ahead on material, the b-pawn (being the most dangerous
passed pawn on the board) ensures a Black advantage.
22 0-0 Qb4 23 Ra 7 b2 24 Bd3 Qb6
Freeing the knight to join in the fray.
25 Ra2 Qb3 26 Bb1 Nc5 27 Ra7+ Kf6 28 Ba2 Qb6 29 Ra8 Ne4 30 Rc8 Qa7
3 1 Rc6+ Kg5
The king cannot be punished for its walkabout.
32 d6
Here 32 Bb 1 loses to 32 . . . Nd2.
32 ... Qxa2 33 d7 b 1Q 34 d8Q+ (Diagram 26)
Diagram 26 Diagram 27
Black's attack is stronger The pawns roll forward
An amazing position, but the fact that White queens with check doesn't unset
tle Black, whose king is still as safe as houses.
34 ... f6 35 f4+
Alternatively, following 35 h4+ Kxh4 36 Rxb 1 Qxb l+ 37 Kh2 Nxf2 38 g3+ Kg5
39 Kg2 Ng4, the threats of . . . Qe4+ and . . . Qc2+ will lead to Black claiming the
whole point.
35 ... Kh5 36 Qe8+ g6 0-1
Mate is close.
Game 91
D E.Vegh • Dao Thien Hai
Hungarian Team Championship 1 996
1 d4 d5 2 c4 e6 3 Nc3 c6 4 Nf3 dxc4 5 a4 Bb4 6 e3 b5 7 Bd2 a5 8 axb5
Bxc3 9 Bxc3 cxb5 10 b3 Bb7 1 1 bxc4 b4 12 Bb2 Nf6 13 Bd3 Nbd7 14 0-0
Qc7 15 Re1 0-0 16 e4 (Diagram 27)
242
Early Deviati ons
White has to make headway in the centre quickly, because any delay will soon
see Black's connected passed pawns advancing dangerously down the board.
1 6 ...e5!
It's important to stop White's threatened e4-e5.
17 c5 exd4 18 Rc1 (Diagram 28)
Diagram 28 Diagram 29
Black has a wide choice A strong pawn offer
1 8... Rac8?
Naive. Black needs an improvement at this point:
a) 18 . . . Bc6 also seems to be inadequate after 19 e5 Nd5 20 Nxd4 Ne7 21 e6,
G.Dizdar-S.Nikolov, Pula 1997.
b) 18 ... Nxc5!? is plausible, e.g. 1 9 Bxd4 Nfd7 20 Bb5 Rfd8 2 1 Bxd7 (after 21
Qc2 Bc6, Black is OK) 2 l . . .Rxd7 22 Rxc5 Qxc5 23 Bxc5 Rxd1 24 Rxd1 Bxe4
and Black has just about enough compensation for the piece.
c) 18 . . . Ne5! seems to be best: 19 c6 Ba6 20 Nxe5 Qxe5 21 Bxa6 Rxa6 22 Qd3
Raa8 23 Bxd4 Qe6, with chances for both sides, E.Bareev-E.Sveshnikov, Vi
enna 1996.
19 c6! (Diagram 29)
A strong pawn sacrifice that tangles Black's pieces and yields a strong initia
tive for White.
19 ... Bxc6 20 Nxd4 Qb6 21 e5 Nd5 22 Qg4
Strong enough, but according to Vegh 22 Nxc6! Rxc6 23 Be4 is even stronger,
e.g. 23 ... Rxc 1 24 Bxc1 Nc3 25 Qxd7 Nxe4 26 Rxe4 Rd8 27 Qg4 b3 28 Bb2 Qg6
29 h3 and Black is in trouble as he clearly doesn't have enough for the piece.
22 ...Nc3 23 Nf5 g6 24 Ne7+ Kg7 25 Nxc8 Rxc8 26 e6!
Blasting open further lines for his pieces.
243
Starting Out: Slav a n d Sem i-Slav
Summary
Rausis's 3 Nf3 dxc4 seems sound and gives White plenty of opportunities to go
wrong.
Against 3 Nc3, Black has several ways of deviating from a standard Semi
Slav:
1. The radical 3 . . . dxc4 steers the game into navigable backwaters where Black
shouldn't feel out of his depth. I can't see anything dramatic here for White.
2. Winawer's Counter-Gambit 3 . . . e5 has its followers and is certainly not bad,
but if White follows Kasparov's method he might obtain a small edge.
3. The Triangle System provokes Marshall's 4 e4 which is extremely sharp and
good theoretical knowledge is required. Black is usually on the defensive and
often has only a narrow path to safety.
4. If White meets the Triangle with 4 Nf3, then Black can opt for the Note
boom Variation with 4 . . . dxc4. Double-edged play ensues, characterised by a
battle of the respective passed pawns: White's in the centre and Black's on the
queenside. In the middlegame White may have attacking chances, but simpli
fied positions often favour Black.
244
Quick Quiz
Finally, although you are probably itching to give the Slav or Semi-Slav a try
out, one last chapter before you take the plunge!
I've included 12 positions, one from each of the first 12 chapters. You just need
to deduce what Black's next move was. There are little hints to help you, but
remember that .the solutions are not always combinations, they're often the
matic ways of obtaining freedom. How many can you work out or remember?
The answers are at the end, but if you don't understand a particular solution, I
suggest that you play through that game again! The complete game references
should enable you to find each of the game scores.
Exercise 1 Exercise 2
245
Starting Out: S l av a n d Semi-Slav
Exercise 3 Exercise 4
Exercise 5 Exercise 6
246
Quick Quiz
Exercise 7 Exercise 8
Exercise 9 Exercise 10
247
Start i ng Out: S lav and Semi-Slav
Exercise 11 Exercise 12
Solutions
1: 1 6 c5 - from Game 1
...
2: 12 . h5 - from Game 14
. .
3: 6 .. b5 - from Game 18
.
9: 12 .. £5 - from Game 5 1
.
.
.
248
I ndex of Complete Games
249
Starti ng Out: Slav and Semi-Slav
250
I ndex of Complete Games
251
Index of Variations
5 . . . Na6
6 e4 41 ; 6 e3 43
6 Ne5 Bh5
7 f3 36; 7 g3 36; 7 h3 3 7
252
I ndex of Variatio n s
The Qu iet 4 e3
1 d4 d5 2 c4 c6 3 Nf3 Nf6 4 e3 Bf5
4 . . . Bg4 5 h3 Bxf3 6 Qxf3 e6 7 Nc3 Nbd7
8 Bd2 Bd6 68; 8 Bd3 g6 1 08 (Chapter 7)
5 Nc3
5 cxd5 cxd5 6 Qb3 70
5 ... e6
6 Bd3 72; 6 Nh4 71
253
Start i n g Out: Slav and Semi-Slav
6 ... Qxf6 7 e3
7 g3 1 39
7 ... Nd7 8 Bd3 dxc4
8 . . . Qd8 1 44
9 Bxc4
9 . . . Bd6 1 4 7; 9 . . . g6 1 49
254
I n dex of Variations
8 ... a6 9 e4 c5
10 d5 Bb7 1 1 0-0 8 . Bb7 9 0-0 a6
- . .
10 e5 cxd4 11 Nxb5
1 1 . . .Ng4 1 76
1 l . . . axb5 12 exf6 1 75
1 l . . . Nxe5 12 Nxe5 axb5 13 Bxb5+ Bd7 14 Nxd7 Qa5+ 15 Bd2
Qxb5 16 Nxf8
16 . . . Kxf8 1 78; 16 . . . Rxf8 1 81
9 e4
9 0-0
9 . . . b4 1 6.5
9 . . . a6 10 e4 c5 1 1 d5 Qc7 12 dxe6 fxe6 13 Bc2
13 . . . Bd6 1 72; 1 3 . . . Be7 1 73
9 b4 1 0 Na4 c5 1 1 e5 Nd5
...
12 Nxc5 1 67
12 0-0
12 . . . h6 1 68; 12 . . . cxd4 1 70
255
Starting Out: Slav and Sem i-S lav
Early Deviations
1 d4 d5 2 c4 c6 3 Nc3
3 Nf3 dxc4 4 e3 Be6 224
3 ... e6
3 ... dxc4 4 e4 b5 228
3 . . . e5 4 dxe5 d4 5 Ne4 Qa5+ 6 Bd2 Qxe5 7 Ng3 Nf6 8 Nf3 Qd6 9 Qc2 Be7
10 0-0-0 0-0 11 e3 dxe3
12 fxe3 231 ; 12 Bc3 233
4 Nf3
4 e4 dxe4 5 Nxe4 Bb4+ 6 Bd2 Qxd4 7 Bxb4 Qxe4+ 8 Be2 'Na6
9 Ba5 236; 9 Bc3 23 7
4 ... dxc4 5 a4 Bb4 6 e3 b5 7 Bd2 a5 8 axb5 Bxc3 9 Bxc3 cxb5 10 b3 Bb7
1 1 d5 240; 11 bxc4 242
. .
256